blob: 33b5728abc6bd2cfb4b2f3304ccba0b81fa99433 [file] [log] [blame]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001#
Wolfgang Denkb75190d2012-01-19 10:58:21 +01002# (C) Copyright 2000 - 2012
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003# Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, wd@denx.de.
4#
5# See file CREDITS for list of people who contributed to this
6# project.
7#
8# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
9# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
10# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of
11# the License, or (at your option) any later version.
12#
13# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
14# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
15# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
16# GNU General Public License for more details.
17#
18# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
19# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
20# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston,
21# MA 02111-1307 USA
22#
23
24Summary:
25========
26
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000027This directory contains the source code for U-Boot, a boot loader for
wdenke86e5a02004-10-17 21:12:06 +000028Embedded boards based on PowerPC, ARM, MIPS and several other
29processors, which can be installed in a boot ROM and used to
30initialize and test the hardware or to download and run application
31code.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000032
33The development of U-Boot is closely related to Linux: some parts of
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000034the source code originate in the Linux source tree, we have some
35header files in common, and special provision has been made to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000036support booting of Linux images.
37
38Some attention has been paid to make this software easily
39configurable and extendable. For instance, all monitor commands are
40implemented with the same call interface, so that it's very easy to
41add new commands. Also, instead of permanently adding rarely used
42code (for instance hardware test utilities) to the monitor, you can
43load and run it dynamically.
44
45
46Status:
47=======
48
49In general, all boards for which a configuration option exists in the
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000050Makefile have been tested to some extent and can be considered
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000051"working". In fact, many of them are used in production systems.
52
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000053In case of problems see the CHANGELOG and CREDITS files to find out
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010054who contributed the specific port. The MAINTAINERS file lists board
55maintainers.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000056
Robert P. J. Dayadb9d852012-11-14 02:03:20 +000057Note: There is no CHANGELOG file in the actual U-Boot source tree;
58it can be created dynamically from the Git log using:
59
60 make CHANGELOG
61
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000062
63Where to get help:
64==================
65
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000066In case you have questions about, problems with or contributions for
67U-Boot you should send a message to the U-Boot mailing list at
Peter Tyser0c325652008-09-10 09:18:34 -050068<u-boot@lists.denx.de>. There is also an archive of previous traffic
69on the mailing list - please search the archive before asking FAQ's.
70Please see http://lists.denx.de/pipermail/u-boot and
71http://dir.gmane.org/gmane.comp.boot-loaders.u-boot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000072
73
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010074Where to get source code:
75=========================
76
77The U-Boot source code is maintained in the git repository at
78git://www.denx.de/git/u-boot.git ; you can browse it online at
79http://www.denx.de/cgi-bin/gitweb.cgi?p=u-boot.git;a=summary
80
81The "snapshot" links on this page allow you to download tarballs of
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +020082any version you might be interested in. Official releases are also
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010083available for FTP download from the ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/
84directory.
85
Anatolij Gustschind4ee7112008-03-26 18:13:33 +010086Pre-built (and tested) images are available from
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010087ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/images/
88
89
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000090Where we come from:
91===================
92
93- start from 8xxrom sources
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000094- create PPCBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/ppcboot)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000095- clean up code
96- make it easier to add custom boards
97- make it possible to add other [PowerPC] CPUs
98- extend functions, especially:
99 * Provide extended interface to Linux boot loader
100 * S-Record download
101 * network boot
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200102 * PCMCIA / CompactFlash / ATA disk / SCSI ... boot
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +0000103- create ARMBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/armboot)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000104- add other CPU families (starting with ARM)
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +0000105- create U-Boot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/u-boot)
Magnus Lilja0d28f342008-08-06 19:32:33 +0200106- current project page: see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +0000107
108
109Names and Spelling:
110===================
111
112The "official" name of this project is "Das U-Boot". The spelling
113"U-Boot" shall be used in all written text (documentation, comments
114in source files etc.). Example:
115
116 This is the README file for the U-Boot project.
117
118File names etc. shall be based on the string "u-boot". Examples:
119
120 include/asm-ppc/u-boot.h
121
122 #include <asm/u-boot.h>
123
124Variable names, preprocessor constants etc. shall be either based on
125the string "u_boot" or on "U_BOOT". Example:
126
127 U_BOOT_VERSION u_boot_logo
128 IH_OS_U_BOOT u_boot_hush_start
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000129
130
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000131Versioning:
132===========
133
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200134Starting with the release in October 2008, the names of the releases
135were changed from numerical release numbers without deeper meaning
136into a time stamp based numbering. Regular releases are identified by
137names consisting of the calendar year and month of the release date.
138Additional fields (if present) indicate release candidates or bug fix
139releases in "stable" maintenance trees.
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000140
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200141Examples:
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +0000142 U-Boot v2009.11 - Release November 2009
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200143 U-Boot v2009.11.1 - Release 1 in version November 2009 stable tree
144 U-Boot v2010.09-rc1 - Release candiate 1 for September 2010 release
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000145
146
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000147Directory Hierarchy:
148====================
149
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500150/arch Architecture specific files
151 /arm Files generic to ARM architecture
152 /cpu CPU specific files
153 /arm720t Files specific to ARM 720 CPUs
154 /arm920t Files specific to ARM 920 CPUs
Andreas Bießmann6eb09212011-07-18 09:41:08 +0000155 /at91 Files specific to Atmel AT91RM9200 CPU
Wolfgang Denka9046b92010-06-13 17:48:15 +0200156 /imx Files specific to Freescale MC9328 i.MX CPUs
157 /s3c24x0 Files specific to Samsung S3C24X0 CPUs
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500158 /arm925t Files specific to ARM 925 CPUs
159 /arm926ejs Files specific to ARM 926 CPUs
160 /arm1136 Files specific to ARM 1136 CPUs
161 /ixp Files specific to Intel XScale IXP CPUs
162 /pxa Files specific to Intel XScale PXA CPUs
163 /s3c44b0 Files specific to Samsung S3C44B0 CPUs
164 /sa1100 Files specific to Intel StrongARM SA1100 CPUs
165 /lib Architecture specific library files
166 /avr32 Files generic to AVR32 architecture
167 /cpu CPU specific files
168 /lib Architecture specific library files
169 /blackfin Files generic to Analog Devices Blackfin architecture
170 /cpu CPU specific files
171 /lib Architecture specific library files
Graeme Russfea25722011-04-13 19:43:28 +1000172 /x86 Files generic to x86 architecture
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500173 /cpu CPU specific files
174 /lib Architecture specific library files
175 /m68k Files generic to m68k architecture
176 /cpu CPU specific files
177 /mcf52x2 Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF52x2 CPUs
178 /mcf5227x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5227x CPUs
179 /mcf532x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5329 CPUs
180 /mcf5445x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5445x CPUs
181 /mcf547x_8x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF547x_8x CPUs
182 /lib Architecture specific library files
183 /microblaze Files generic to microblaze architecture
184 /cpu CPU specific files
185 /lib Architecture specific library files
186 /mips Files generic to MIPS architecture
187 /cpu CPU specific files
Daniel Schwierzeck92bbd642011-07-27 13:22:39 +0200188 /mips32 Files specific to MIPS32 CPUs
Xiangfu Liu80421fc2011-10-12 12:24:06 +0800189 /xburst Files specific to Ingenic XBurst CPUs
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500190 /lib Architecture specific library files
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +0000191 /nds32 Files generic to NDS32 architecture
192 /cpu CPU specific files
193 /n1213 Files specific to Andes Technology N1213 CPUs
194 /lib Architecture specific library files
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500195 /nios2 Files generic to Altera NIOS2 architecture
196 /cpu CPU specific files
197 /lib Architecture specific library files
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +0200198 /powerpc Files generic to PowerPC architecture
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500199 /cpu CPU specific files
200 /74xx_7xx Files specific to Freescale MPC74xx and 7xx CPUs
201 /mpc5xx Files specific to Freescale MPC5xx CPUs
202 /mpc5xxx Files specific to Freescale MPC5xxx CPUs
203 /mpc8xx Files specific to Freescale MPC8xx CPUs
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500204 /mpc824x Files specific to Freescale MPC824x CPUs
205 /mpc8260 Files specific to Freescale MPC8260 CPUs
206 /mpc85xx Files specific to Freescale MPC85xx CPUs
207 /ppc4xx Files specific to AMCC PowerPC 4xx CPUs
208 /lib Architecture specific library files
209 /sh Files generic to SH architecture
210 /cpu CPU specific files
211 /sh2 Files specific to sh2 CPUs
212 /sh3 Files specific to sh3 CPUs
213 /sh4 Files specific to sh4 CPUs
214 /lib Architecture specific library files
215 /sparc Files generic to SPARC architecture
216 /cpu CPU specific files
217 /leon2 Files specific to Gaisler LEON2 SPARC CPU
218 /leon3 Files specific to Gaisler LEON3 SPARC CPU
219 /lib Architecture specific library files
220/api Machine/arch independent API for external apps
221/board Board dependent files
222/common Misc architecture independent functions
223/disk Code for disk drive partition handling
224/doc Documentation (don't expect too much)
225/drivers Commonly used device drivers
226/examples Example code for standalone applications, etc.
227/fs Filesystem code (cramfs, ext2, jffs2, etc.)
228/include Header Files
229/lib Files generic to all architectures
230 /libfdt Library files to support flattened device trees
231 /lzma Library files to support LZMA decompression
232 /lzo Library files to support LZO decompression
233/net Networking code
234/post Power On Self Test
235/rtc Real Time Clock drivers
236/tools Tools to build S-Record or U-Boot images, etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000237
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000238Software Configuration:
239=======================
240
241Configuration is usually done using C preprocessor defines; the
242rationale behind that is to avoid dead code whenever possible.
243
244There are two classes of configuration variables:
245
246* Configuration _OPTIONS_:
247 These are selectable by the user and have names beginning with
248 "CONFIG_".
249
250* Configuration _SETTINGS_:
251 These depend on the hardware etc. and should not be meddled with if
252 you don't know what you're doing; they have names beginning with
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200253 "CONFIG_SYS_".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000254
255Later we will add a configuration tool - probably similar to or even
256identical to what's used for the Linux kernel. Right now, we have to
257do the configuration by hand, which means creating some symbolic
258links and editing some configuration files. We use the TQM8xxL boards
259as an example here.
260
261
262Selection of Processor Architecture and Board Type:
263---------------------------------------------------
264
265For all supported boards there are ready-to-use default
266configurations available; just type "make <board_name>_config".
267
268Example: For a TQM823L module type:
269
270 cd u-boot
271 make TQM823L_config
272
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200273For the Cogent platform, you need to specify the CPU type as well;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000274e.g. "make cogent_mpc8xx_config". And also configure the cogent
275directory according to the instructions in cogent/README.
276
277
278Configuration Options:
279----------------------
280
281Configuration depends on the combination of board and CPU type; all
282such information is kept in a configuration file
283"include/configs/<board_name>.h".
284
285Example: For a TQM823L module, all configuration settings are in
286"include/configs/TQM823L.h".
287
288
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +0000289Many of the options are named exactly as the corresponding Linux
290kernel configuration options. The intention is to make it easier to
291build a config tool - later.
292
293
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000294The following options need to be configured:
295
Kim Phillips26281142007-08-10 13:28:25 -0500296- CPU Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC85XX.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000297
Kim Phillips26281142007-08-10 13:28:25 -0500298- Board Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC8540ADS.
Wolfgang Denk6ccec442006-10-24 14:42:37 +0200299
300- CPU Daughterboard Type: (if CONFIG_ATSTK1000 is defined)
Haavard Skinnemoen09ea0de2007-11-01 12:44:20 +0100301 Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_ATSTK1002
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000302
303- CPU Module Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
304 Define exactly one of
305 CONFIG_CMA286_60_OLD
306--- FIXME --- not tested yet:
307 CONFIG_CMA286_60, CONFIG_CMA286_21, CONFIG_CMA286_60P,
308 CONFIG_CMA287_23, CONFIG_CMA287_50
309
310- Motherboard Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
311 Define exactly one of
312 CONFIG_CMA101, CONFIG_CMA102
313
314- Motherboard I/O Modules: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
315 Define one or more of
316 CONFIG_CMA302
317
318- Motherboard Options: (if CONFIG_CMA101 or CONFIG_CMA102 are defined)
319 Define one or more of
320 CONFIG_LCD_HEARTBEAT - update a character position on
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200321 the LCD display every second with
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000322 a "rotator" |\-/|\-/
323
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +0000324- Board flavour: (if CONFIG_MPC8260ADS is defined)
325 CONFIG_ADSTYPE
326 Possible values are:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200327 CONFIG_SYS_8260ADS - original MPC8260ADS
328 CONFIG_SYS_8266ADS - MPC8266ADS
329 CONFIG_SYS_PQ2FADS - PQ2FADS-ZU or PQ2FADS-VR
330 CONFIG_SYS_8272ADS - MPC8272ADS
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +0000331
Lei Wencf946c62011-02-09 18:06:58 +0530332- Marvell Family Member
333 CONFIG_SYS_MVFS - define it if you want to enable
334 multiple fs option at one time
335 for marvell soc family
336
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000337- MPC824X Family Member (if CONFIG_MPC824X is defined)
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000338 Define exactly one of
339 CONFIG_MPC8240, CONFIG_MPC8245
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000340
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200341- 8xx CPU Options: (if using an MPC8xx CPU)
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000342 CONFIG_8xx_GCLK_FREQ - deprecated: CPU clock if
343 get_gclk_freq() cannot work
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000344 e.g. if there is no 32KHz
345 reference PIT/RTC clock
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000346 CONFIG_8xx_OSCLK - PLL input clock (either EXTCLK
347 or XTAL/EXTAL)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000348
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000349- 859/866/885 CPU options: (if using a MPC859 or MPC866 or MPC885 CPU):
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200350 CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MIN
351 CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MAX
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000352 CONFIG_8xx_CPUCLK_DEFAULT
wdenk75d1ea72004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000353 See doc/README.MPC866
354
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200355 CONFIG_SYS_MEASURE_CPUCLK
wdenk75d1ea72004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000356
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000357 Define this to measure the actual CPU clock instead
358 of relying on the correctness of the configured
359 values. Mostly useful for board bringup to make sure
360 the PLL is locked at the intended frequency. Note
361 that this requires a (stable) reference clock (32 kHz
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200362 RTC clock or CONFIG_SYS_8XX_XIN)
wdenk75d1ea72004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000363
Heiko Schocher506f3912009-03-12 07:37:15 +0100364 CONFIG_SYS_DELAYED_ICACHE
365
366 Define this option if you want to enable the
367 ICache only when Code runs from RAM.
368
Kumar Gala66412c62011-02-18 05:40:54 -0600369- 85xx CPU Options:
York Sunffd06e02012-10-08 07:44:30 +0000370 CONFIG_SYS_PPC64
371
372 Specifies that the core is a 64-bit PowerPC implementation (implements
373 the "64" category of the Power ISA). This is necessary for ePAPR
374 compliance, among other possible reasons.
375
Kumar Gala66412c62011-02-18 05:40:54 -0600376 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_TBCLK_DIV
377
378 Defines the core time base clock divider ratio compared to the
379 system clock. On most PQ3 devices this is 8, on newer QorIQ
380 devices it can be 16 or 32. The ratio varies from SoC to Soc.
381
Kumar Gala8f290842011-05-20 00:39:21 -0500382 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PCIE_COMPAT
383
384 Defines the string to utilize when trying to match PCIe device
385 tree nodes for the given platform.
386
Prabhakar Kushwahaafa6b552012-04-29 23:56:13 +0000387 CONFIG_SYS_PPC_E500_DEBUG_TLB
388
389 Enables a temporary TLB entry to be used during boot to work
390 around limitations in e500v1 and e500v2 external debugger
391 support. This reduces the portions of the boot code where
392 breakpoints and single stepping do not work. The value of this
393 symbol should be set to the TLB1 entry to be used for this
394 purpose.
395
Scott Wood33eee332012-08-14 10:14:53 +0000396 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510
397
398 Enables a workaround for erratum A004510. If set,
399 then CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV and
400 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY must be set.
401
402 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV
403 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV2 (optional)
404
405 Defines one or two SoC revisions (low 8 bits of SVR)
406 for which the A004510 workaround should be applied.
407
408 The rest of SVR is either not relevant to the decision
409 of whether the erratum is present (e.g. p2040 versus
410 p2041) or is implied by the build target, which controls
411 whether CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510 is set.
412
413 See Freescale App Note 4493 for more information about
414 this erratum.
415
Prabhakar Kushwaha74fa22e2013-04-16 13:27:44 +0530416 CONFIG_A003399_NOR_WORKAROUND
417 Enables a workaround for IFC erratum A003399. It is only
418 requred during NOR boot.
419
Scott Wood33eee332012-08-14 10:14:53 +0000420 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY
421
422 This is the value to write into CCSR offset 0x18600
423 according to the A004510 workaround.
424
Priyanka Jain765b0bd2013-04-04 09:31:54 +0530425 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_M2_RAM_ADDR
426 This value denotes start offset of M2 memory
427 which is directly connected to the DSP core.
428
429 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT
430 This value denotes start offset of DSP CCSR space.
431
Daniel Schwierzeck6cb461b2012-04-02 02:57:56 +0000432- Generic CPU options:
433 CONFIG_SYS_BIG_ENDIAN, CONFIG_SYS_LITTLE_ENDIAN
434
435 Defines the endianess of the CPU. Implementation of those
436 values is arch specific.
437
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100438- Intel Monahans options:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200439 CONFIG_SYS_MONAHANS_RUN_MODE_OSC_RATIO
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100440
441 Defines the Monahans run mode to oscillator
442 ratio. Valid values are 8, 16, 24, 31. The core
443 frequency is this value multiplied by 13 MHz.
444
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200445 CONFIG_SYS_MONAHANS_TURBO_RUN_MODE_RATIO
Wolfgang Denkcf48eb92006-04-16 10:51:58 +0200446
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100447 Defines the Monahans turbo mode to oscillator
448 ratio. Valid values are 1 (default if undefined) and
Wolfgang Denkcf48eb92006-04-16 10:51:58 +0200449 2. The core frequency as calculated above is multiplied
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100450 by this value.
Wolfgang Denkcf48eb92006-04-16 10:51:58 +0200451
Daniel Schwierzeck92bbd642011-07-27 13:22:39 +0200452- MIPS CPU options:
453 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET
454
455 Offset relative to CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE for initial stack
456 pointer. This is needed for the temporary stack before
457 relocation.
458
459 CONFIG_SYS_MIPS_CACHE_MODE
460
461 Cache operation mode for the MIPS CPU.
462 See also arch/mips/include/asm/mipsregs.h.
463 Possible values are:
464 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NO_WA
465 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_WA
466 CONF_CM_UNCACHED
467 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NONCOHERENT
468 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CE
469 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_COW
470 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CUW
471 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_ACCELERATED
472
473 CONFIG_SYS_XWAY_EBU_BOOTCFG
474
475 Special option for Lantiq XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash.
476 See also arch/mips/cpu/mips32/start.S.
477
478 CONFIG_XWAY_SWAP_BYTES
479
480 Enable compilation of tools/xway-swap-bytes needed for Lantiq
481 XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash. The U-Boot image needs to
482 be swapped if a flash programmer is used.
483
Christian Rieschb67d8812012-02-02 00:44:39 +0000484- ARM options:
485 CONFIG_SYS_EXCEPTION_VECTORS_HIGH
486
487 Select high exception vectors of the ARM core, e.g., do not
488 clear the V bit of the c1 register of CP15.
489
Aneesh V5356f542012-03-08 07:20:19 +0000490 CONFIG_SYS_THUMB_BUILD
491
492 Use this flag to build U-Boot using the Thumb instruction
493 set for ARM architectures. Thumb instruction set provides
494 better code density. For ARM architectures that support
495 Thumb2 this flag will result in Thumb2 code generated by
496 GCC.
497
Stephen Warrenc5d47522013-03-04 13:29:40 +0000498 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_716044
Stephen Warren06785872013-02-26 12:28:27 +0000499 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_742230
500 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_743622
501 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_751472
502
503 If set, the workarounds for these ARM errata are applied early
504 during U-Boot startup. Note that these options force the
505 workarounds to be applied; no CPU-type/version detection
506 exists, unlike the similar options in the Linux kernel. Do not
507 set these options unless they apply!
508
Stephen Warren795659d2013-03-27 17:06:41 +0000509- CPU timer options:
510 CONFIG_SYS_HZ
511
512 The frequency of the timer returned by get_timer().
513 get_timer() must operate in milliseconds and this CONFIG
514 option must be set to 1000.
515
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000516- Linux Kernel Interface:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000517 CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ
518
519 U-Boot stores all clock information in Hz
520 internally. For binary compatibility with older Linux
521 kernels (which expect the clocks passed in the
522 bd_info data to be in MHz) the environment variable
523 "clocks_in_mhz" can be defined so that U-Boot
524 converts clock data to MHZ before passing it to the
525 Linux kernel.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000526 When CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ is defined, a definition of
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +0100527 "clocks_in_mhz=1" is automatically included in the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000528 default environment.
529
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000530 CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES [relevant for MIPS only]
531
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200532 When transferring memsize parameter to linux, some versions
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000533 expect it to be in bytes, others in MB.
534 Define CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES to make it in bytes.
535
Gerald Van Barenfec6d9e2008-06-03 20:34:45 -0400536 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200537
538 New kernel versions are expecting firmware settings to be
Gerald Van Baren213bf8c2007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400539 passed using flattened device trees (based on open firmware
540 concepts).
541
542 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
543 * New libfdt-based support
544 * Adds the "fdt" command
Kim Phillips3bb342f2007-08-10 14:34:14 -0500545 * The bootm command automatically updates the fdt
Gerald Van Baren213bf8c2007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400546
Marcel Ziswilerb55ae402009-09-09 21:18:41 +0200547 OF_CPU - The proper name of the cpus node (only required for
548 MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards).
549 OF_SOC - The proper name of the soc node (only required for
550 MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards).
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200551 OF_TBCLK - The timebase frequency.
Kumar Galac2871f02006-01-11 13:59:02 -0600552 OF_STDOUT_PATH - The path to the console device
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200553
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200554 boards with QUICC Engines require OF_QE to set UCC MAC
555 addresses
Kim Phillips3bb342f2007-08-10 14:34:14 -0500556
Kumar Gala4e253132006-01-11 13:54:17 -0600557 CONFIG_OF_BOARD_SETUP
558
559 Board code has addition modification that it wants to make
560 to the flat device tree before handing it off to the kernel
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000561
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -0500562 CONFIG_OF_BOOT_CPU
563
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200564 This define fills in the correct boot CPU in the boot
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -0500565 param header, the default value is zero if undefined.
566
Heiko Schocher3887c3f2009-09-23 07:56:08 +0200567 CONFIG_OF_IDE_FIXUP
568
569 U-Boot can detect if an IDE device is present or not.
570 If not, and this new config option is activated, U-Boot
571 removes the ATA node from the DTS before booting Linux,
572 so the Linux IDE driver does not probe the device and
573 crash. This is needed for buggy hardware (uc101) where
574 no pull down resistor is connected to the signal IDE5V_DD7.
575
Igor Grinberg7eb29392011-07-14 05:45:07 +0000576 CONFIG_MACH_TYPE [relevant for ARM only][mandatory]
577
578 This setting is mandatory for all boards that have only one
579 machine type and must be used to specify the machine type
580 number as it appears in the ARM machine registry
581 (see http://www.arm.linux.org.uk/developer/machines/).
582 Only boards that have multiple machine types supported
583 in a single configuration file and the machine type is
584 runtime discoverable, do not have to use this setting.
585
Niklaus Giger0b2f4ec2008-11-03 22:13:47 +0100586- vxWorks boot parameters:
587
588 bootvx constructs a valid bootline using the following
589 environments variables: bootfile, ipaddr, serverip, hostname.
590 It loads the vxWorks image pointed bootfile.
591
592 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_BOOT_DEVICE - The vxworks device name
593 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_MAC_PTR - Ethernet 6 byte MA -address
594 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_SERVERNAME - Name of the server
595 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_BOOT_ADDR - Address of boot parameters
596
597 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_ADD_PARAMS
598
599 Add it at the end of the bootline. E.g "u=username pw=secret"
600
601 Note: If a "bootargs" environment is defined, it will overwride
602 the defaults discussed just above.
603
Aneesh V2c451f72011-06-16 23:30:47 +0000604- Cache Configuration:
605 CONFIG_SYS_ICACHE_OFF - Do not enable instruction cache in U-Boot
606 CONFIG_SYS_DCACHE_OFF - Do not enable data cache in U-Boot
607 CONFIG_SYS_L2CACHE_OFF- Do not enable L2 cache in U-Boot
608
Aneesh V93bc2192011-06-16 23:30:51 +0000609- Cache Configuration for ARM:
610 CONFIG_SYS_L2_PL310 - Enable support for ARM PL310 L2 cache
611 controller
612 CONFIG_SYS_PL310_BASE - Physical base address of PL310
613 controller register space
614
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000615- Serial Ports:
Andreas Engel48d01922008-09-08 14:30:53 +0200616 CONFIG_PL010_SERIAL
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000617
618 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL010 UARTs.
619
Andreas Engel48d01922008-09-08 14:30:53 +0200620 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000621
622 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs.
623
624 CONFIG_PL011_CLOCK
625
626 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs, set this variable to
627 the clock speed of the UARTs.
628
629 CONFIG_PL01x_PORTS
630
631 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL010 or PL011 UARTs on your board,
632 define this to a list of base addresses for each (supported)
633 port. See e.g. include/configs/versatile.h
634
John Rigby910f1ae2011-04-19 10:42:39 +0000635 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL_RLCR
636
637 Some vendor versions of PL011 serial ports (e.g. ST-Ericsson U8500)
638 have separate receive and transmit line control registers. Set
639 this variable to initialize the extra register.
640
641 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL_FLUSH_ON_INIT
642
643 On some platforms (e.g. U8500) U-Boot is loaded by a second stage
644 boot loader that has already initialized the UART. Define this
645 variable to flush the UART at init time.
646
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000647
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000648- Console Interface:
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000649 Depending on board, define exactly one serial port
650 (like CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC1, CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC2,
651 CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SCC1, ...), or switch off the serial
652 console by defining CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000653
654 Note: if CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE is defined, the serial
655 port routines must be defined elsewhere
656 (i.e. serial_init(), serial_getc(), ...)
657
658 CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE
659 Enables console device for a color framebuffer. Needs following
Wolfgang Denkc53043b2011-12-07 12:19:20 +0000660 defines (cf. smiLynxEM, i8042)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000661 VIDEO_FB_LITTLE_ENDIAN graphic memory organisation
662 (default big endian)
663 VIDEO_HW_RECTFILL graphic chip supports
664 rectangle fill
665 (cf. smiLynxEM)
666 VIDEO_HW_BITBLT graphic chip supports
667 bit-blit (cf. smiLynxEM)
668 VIDEO_VISIBLE_COLS visible pixel columns
669 (cols=pitch)
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000670 VIDEO_VISIBLE_ROWS visible pixel rows
671 VIDEO_PIXEL_SIZE bytes per pixel
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000672 VIDEO_DATA_FORMAT graphic data format
673 (0-5, cf. cfb_console.c)
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000674 VIDEO_FB_ADRS framebuffer address
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000675 VIDEO_KBD_INIT_FCT keyboard int fct
676 (i.e. i8042_kbd_init())
677 VIDEO_TSTC_FCT test char fct
678 (i.e. i8042_tstc)
679 VIDEO_GETC_FCT get char fct
680 (i.e. i8042_getc)
681 CONFIG_CONSOLE_CURSOR cursor drawing on/off
682 (requires blink timer
683 cf. i8042.c)
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200684 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_BLINK_COUNT blink interval (cf. i8042.c)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000685 CONFIG_CONSOLE_TIME display time/date info in
686 upper right corner
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500687 (requires CONFIG_CMD_DATE)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000688 CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO display Linux logo in
689 upper left corner
wdenka6c7ad22002-12-03 21:28:10 +0000690 CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO use bmp_logo.h instead of
691 linux_logo.h for logo.
692 Requires CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000693 CONFIG_CONSOLE_EXTRA_INFO
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200694 additional board info beside
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000695 the logo
696
Pali Rohár33a35bb2012-10-19 13:30:09 +0000697 When CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE_ANSI is defined, console will support
698 a limited number of ANSI escape sequences (cursor control,
699 erase functions and limited graphics rendition control).
700
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000701 When CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE is defined, video console is
702 default i/o. Serial console can be forced with
703 environment 'console=serial'.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000704
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +0000705 When CONFIG_SILENT_CONSOLE is defined, all console
706 messages (by U-Boot and Linux!) can be silenced with
707 the "silent" environment variable. See
708 doc/README.silent for more information.
wdenka3ad8e22003-10-19 23:22:11 +0000709
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000710- Console Baudrate:
711 CONFIG_BAUDRATE - in bps
712 Select one of the baudrates listed in
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200713 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below.
714 CONFIG_SYS_BRGCLK_PRESCALE, baudrate prescale
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000715
Heiko Schocherc92fac92009-01-30 12:55:38 +0100716- Console Rx buffer length
717 With CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN it is possible to define
718 the maximum receive buffer length for the SMC.
Heiko Schocher2b3f12c2009-02-10 09:31:47 +0100719 This option is actual only for 82xx and 8xx possible.
Heiko Schocherc92fac92009-01-30 12:55:38 +0100720 If using CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN also CONFIG_SYS_MAXIDLE
721 must be defined, to setup the maximum idle timeout for
722 the SMC.
723
Graeme Russ9558b482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000724- Pre-Console Buffer:
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200725 Prior to the console being initialised (i.e. serial UART
726 initialised etc) all console output is silently discarded.
727 Defining CONFIG_PRE_CONSOLE_BUFFER will cause U-Boot to
728 buffer any console messages prior to the console being
729 initialised to a buffer of size CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ
730 bytes located at CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_ADDR. The buffer is
731 a circular buffer, so if more than CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ
Wolfgang Denk6feff892011-10-09 21:06:34 +0200732 bytes are output before the console is initialised, the
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200733 earlier bytes are discarded.
Graeme Russ9558b482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000734
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200735 'Sane' compilers will generate smaller code if
736 CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ is a power of 2
Graeme Russ9558b482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000737
Sonny Rao046a37b2011-11-02 09:52:08 +0000738- Safe printf() functions
739 Define CONFIG_SYS_VSNPRINTF to compile in safe versions of
740 the printf() functions. These are defined in
741 include/vsprintf.h and include snprintf(), vsnprintf() and
742 so on. Code size increase is approximately 300-500 bytes.
743 If this option is not given then these functions will
744 silently discard their buffer size argument - this means
745 you are not getting any overflow checking in this case.
746
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000747- Boot Delay: CONFIG_BOOTDELAY - in seconds
748 Delay before automatically booting the default image;
749 set to -1 to disable autoboot.
Joe Hershberger93d72122012-08-17 10:53:12 +0000750 set to -2 to autoboot with no delay and not check for abort
751 (even when CONFIG_ZERO_BOOTDELAY_CHECK is defined).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000752
753 See doc/README.autoboot for these options that
754 work with CONFIG_BOOTDELAY. None are required.
755 CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME
756 CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_MIN
757 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_KEYED
758 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_PROMPT
759 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR
760 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR
761 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR2
762 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR2
763 CONFIG_ZERO_BOOTDELAY_CHECK
764 CONFIG_RESET_TO_RETRY
765
766- Autoboot Command:
767 CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
768 Only needed when CONFIG_BOOTDELAY is enabled;
769 define a command string that is automatically executed
770 when no character is read on the console interface
771 within "Boot Delay" after reset.
772
773 CONFIG_BOOTARGS
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000774 This can be used to pass arguments to the bootm
775 command. The value of CONFIG_BOOTARGS goes into the
776 environment value "bootargs".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000777
778 CONFIG_RAMBOOT and CONFIG_NFSBOOT
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000779 The value of these goes into the environment as
780 "ramboot" and "nfsboot" respectively, and can be used
781 as a convenience, when switching between booting from
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200782 RAM and NFS.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000783
784- Pre-Boot Commands:
785 CONFIG_PREBOOT
786
787 When this option is #defined, the existence of the
788 environment variable "preboot" will be checked
789 immediately before starting the CONFIG_BOOTDELAY
790 countdown and/or running the auto-boot command resp.
791 entering interactive mode.
792
793 This feature is especially useful when "preboot" is
794 automatically generated or modified. For an example
795 see the LWMON board specific code: here "preboot" is
796 modified when the user holds down a certain
797 combination of keys on the (special) keyboard when
798 booting the systems
799
800- Serial Download Echo Mode:
801 CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
802 If defined to 1, all characters received during a
803 serial download (using the "loads" command) are
804 echoed back. This might be needed by some terminal
805 emulations (like "cu"), but may as well just take
806 time on others. This setting #define's the initial
807 value of the "loads_echo" environment variable.
808
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500809- Kgdb Serial Baudrate: (if CONFIG_CMD_KGDB is defined)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000810 CONFIG_KGDB_BAUDRATE
811 Select one of the baudrates listed in
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200812 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000813
814- Monitor Functions:
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500815 Monitor commands can be included or excluded
816 from the build by using the #include files
Stephen Warrenc6c621b2012-08-05 16:07:19 +0000817 <config_cmd_all.h> and #undef'ing unwanted
818 commands, or using <config_cmd_default.h>
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500819 and augmenting with additional #define's
820 for wanted commands.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000821
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500822 The default command configuration includes all commands
823 except those marked below with a "*".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000824
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500825 CONFIG_CMD_ASKENV * ask for env variable
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500826 CONFIG_CMD_BDI bdinfo
827 CONFIG_CMD_BEDBUG * Include BedBug Debugger
828 CONFIG_CMD_BMP * BMP support
829 CONFIG_CMD_BSP * Board specific commands
830 CONFIG_CMD_BOOTD bootd
831 CONFIG_CMD_CACHE * icache, dcache
832 CONFIG_CMD_CONSOLE coninfo
Mike Frysinger710b9932010-12-21 14:19:51 -0500833 CONFIG_CMD_CRC32 * crc32
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500834 CONFIG_CMD_DATE * support for RTC, date/time...
835 CONFIG_CMD_DHCP * DHCP support
836 CONFIG_CMD_DIAG * Diagnostics
Peter Tysera7c93102008-12-17 16:36:22 -0600837 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510 * ds4510 I2C gpio commands
838 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_INFO * ds4510 I2C info command
839 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_MEM * ds4510 I2C eeprom/sram commansd
840 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_RST * ds4510 I2C rst command
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500841 CONFIG_CMD_DTT * Digital Therm and Thermostat
842 CONFIG_CMD_ECHO echo arguments
Peter Tyser246c6922009-10-25 15:12:56 -0500843 CONFIG_CMD_EDITENV edit env variable
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500844 CONFIG_CMD_EEPROM * EEPROM read/write support
845 CONFIG_CMD_ELF * bootelf, bootvx
Joe Hershberger5e2b3e02012-12-11 22:16:25 -0600846 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_CALLBACK * display details about env callbacks
Joe Hershbergerfffad712012-12-11 22:16:33 -0600847 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_FLAGS * display details about env flags
Mike Frysinger0c79cda2010-12-26 23:09:45 -0500848 CONFIG_CMD_EXPORTENV * export the environment
Stephen Warren03e2ecf2012-10-22 06:43:50 +0000849 CONFIG_CMD_EXT2 * ext2 command support
850 CONFIG_CMD_EXT4 * ext4 command support
Mike Frysingerbdab39d2009-01-28 19:08:14 -0500851 CONFIG_CMD_SAVEENV saveenv
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500852 CONFIG_CMD_FDC * Floppy Disk Support
Stephen Warren03e2ecf2012-10-22 06:43:50 +0000853 CONFIG_CMD_FAT * FAT command support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500854 CONFIG_CMD_FDOS * Dos diskette Support
855 CONFIG_CMD_FLASH flinfo, erase, protect
856 CONFIG_CMD_FPGA FPGA device initialization support
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +0200857 CONFIG_CMD_FUSE * Device fuse support
Anton Staaf53fdc7e2012-12-05 14:46:29 +0000858 CONFIG_CMD_GETTIME * Get time since boot
Mike Frysingera641b972010-12-26 23:32:22 -0500859 CONFIG_CMD_GO * the 'go' command (exec code)
Kim Phillipsa000b792011-04-05 07:15:14 +0000860 CONFIG_CMD_GREPENV * search environment
Simon Glassbf36c5d2012-12-05 14:46:38 +0000861 CONFIG_CMD_HASH * calculate hash / digest
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500862 CONFIG_CMD_HWFLOW * RTS/CTS hw flow control
863 CONFIG_CMD_I2C * I2C serial bus support
864 CONFIG_CMD_IDE * IDE harddisk support
865 CONFIG_CMD_IMI iminfo
Vipin Kumar8fdf1e02012-12-16 22:32:48 +0000866 CONFIG_CMD_IMLS List all images found in NOR flash
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +0200867 CONFIG_CMD_IMLS_NAND * List all images found in NAND flash
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500868 CONFIG_CMD_IMMAP * IMMR dump support
Mike Frysinger0c79cda2010-12-26 23:09:45 -0500869 CONFIG_CMD_IMPORTENV * import an environment
Joe Hershbergerc167cc02012-10-03 11:15:51 +0000870 CONFIG_CMD_INI * import data from an ini file into the env
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500871 CONFIG_CMD_IRQ * irqinfo
872 CONFIG_CMD_ITEST Integer/string test of 2 values
873 CONFIG_CMD_JFFS2 * JFFS2 Support
874 CONFIG_CMD_KGDB * kgdb
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +0200875 CONFIG_CMD_LDRINFO * ldrinfo (display Blackfin loader)
Joe Hershbergerd22c3382012-05-23 08:00:12 +0000876 CONFIG_CMD_LINK_LOCAL * link-local IP address auto-configuration
877 (169.254.*.*)
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500878 CONFIG_CMD_LOADB loadb
879 CONFIG_CMD_LOADS loads
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +0200880 CONFIG_CMD_MD5SUM * print md5 message digest
Robin Getz02c9aa12009-07-27 00:07:59 -0400881 (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY and CONFIG_MD5)
Simon Glass15a33e42012-11-30 13:01:20 +0000882 CONFIG_CMD_MEMINFO * Display detailed memory information
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500883 CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY md, mm, nm, mw, cp, cmp, crc, base,
Wolfgang Denka2681702013-03-08 10:51:32 +0000884 loop, loopw
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +0200885 CONFIG_CMD_MEMTEST * mtest
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500886 CONFIG_CMD_MISC Misc functions like sleep etc
887 CONFIG_CMD_MMC * MMC memory mapped support
888 CONFIG_CMD_MII * MII utility commands
Stefan Roese68d7d652009-03-19 13:30:36 +0100889 CONFIG_CMD_MTDPARTS * MTD partition support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500890 CONFIG_CMD_NAND * NAND support
891 CONFIG_CMD_NET bootp, tftpboot, rarpboot
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +0200892 CONFIG_CMD_NFS NFS support
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -0600893 CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X * PCA953x I2C gpio commands
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +0000894 CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X_INFO * PCA953x I2C gpio info command
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500895 CONFIG_CMD_PCI * pciinfo
896 CONFIG_CMD_PCMCIA * PCMCIA support
897 CONFIG_CMD_PING * send ICMP ECHO_REQUEST to network
898 host
899 CONFIG_CMD_PORTIO * Port I/O
Kenneth Watersff048ea2012-12-05 14:46:30 +0000900 CONFIG_CMD_READ * Read raw data from partition
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500901 CONFIG_CMD_REGINFO * Register dump
902 CONFIG_CMD_RUN run command in env variable
Simon Glassd3049312012-12-26 09:53:36 +0000903 CONFIG_CMD_SANDBOX * sb command to access sandbox features
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500904 CONFIG_CMD_SAVES * save S record dump
905 CONFIG_CMD_SCSI * SCSI Support
906 CONFIG_CMD_SDRAM * print SDRAM configuration information
907 (requires CONFIG_CMD_I2C)
908 CONFIG_CMD_SETGETDCR Support for DCR Register access
909 (4xx only)
Eric Nelsonf61ec452012-01-31 10:52:08 -0700910 CONFIG_CMD_SF * Read/write/erase SPI NOR flash
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +0200911 CONFIG_CMD_SHA1SUM * print sha1 memory digest
Robin Getz02c9aa12009-07-27 00:07:59 -0400912 (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY)
Bob Liu7d861d92013-02-05 19:05:41 +0800913 CONFIG_CMD_SOFTSWITCH * Soft switch setting command for BF60x
Wolfgang Denk74de7ae2009-04-01 23:34:12 +0200914 CONFIG_CMD_SOURCE "source" command Support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500915 CONFIG_CMD_SPI * SPI serial bus support
Luca Ceresoli7a83af02011-05-17 00:03:40 +0000916 CONFIG_CMD_TFTPSRV * TFTP transfer in server mode
Simon Glass1fb7cd42011-10-24 18:00:07 +0000917 CONFIG_CMD_TFTPPUT * TFTP put command (upload)
Joe Hershbergerda83bcd2012-10-03 12:14:57 +0000918 CONFIG_CMD_TIME * run command and report execution time (ARM specific)
919 CONFIG_CMD_TIMER * access to the system tick timer
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500920 CONFIG_CMD_USB * USB support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500921 CONFIG_CMD_CDP * Cisco Discover Protocol support
Marek Vasutc8339f52012-03-31 07:47:16 +0000922 CONFIG_CMD_MFSL * Microblaze FSL support
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +0200923 CONFIG_CMD_XIMG Load part of Multi Image
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000924
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000925
926 EXAMPLE: If you want all functions except of network
927 support you can write:
928
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500929 #include "config_cmd_all.h"
930 #undef CONFIG_CMD_NET
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000931
Gerald Van Baren213bf8c2007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400932 Other Commands:
933 fdt (flattened device tree) command: CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000934
935 Note: Don't enable the "icache" and "dcache" commands
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500936 (configuration option CONFIG_CMD_CACHE) unless you know
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000937 what you (and your U-Boot users) are doing. Data
938 cache cannot be enabled on systems like the 8xx or
939 8260 (where accesses to the IMMR region must be
940 uncached), and it cannot be disabled on all other
941 systems where we (mis-) use the data cache to hold an
942 initial stack and some data.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000943
944
945 XXX - this list needs to get updated!
946
Wolfgang Denka5ecbe62013-03-23 23:50:31 +0000947- Regular expression support:
948 CONFIG_REGEX
949 If this variable is defined, U-Boot is linked against
950 the SLRE (Super Light Regular Expression) library,
951 which adds regex support to some commands, as for
952 example "env grep" and "setexpr".
953
Simon Glass45ba8072011-10-15 05:48:20 +0000954- Device tree:
955 CONFIG_OF_CONTROL
956 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will use a device tree
957 to configure its devices, instead of relying on statically
958 compiled #defines in the board file. This option is
959 experimental and only available on a few boards. The device
960 tree is available in the global data as gd->fdt_blob.
961
Simon Glass2c0f79e2011-10-24 19:15:31 +0000962 U-Boot needs to get its device tree from somewhere. This can
963 be done using one of the two options below:
Simon Glassbbb0b122011-10-15 05:48:21 +0000964
965 CONFIG_OF_EMBED
966 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will embed a device tree
967 binary in its image. This device tree file should be in the
968 board directory and called <soc>-<board>.dts. The binary file
969 is then picked up in board_init_f() and made available through
970 the global data structure as gd->blob.
Simon Glass45ba8072011-10-15 05:48:20 +0000971
Simon Glass2c0f79e2011-10-24 19:15:31 +0000972 CONFIG_OF_SEPARATE
973 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will build a device tree
974 binary. It will be called u-boot.dtb. Architecture-specific
975 code will locate it at run-time. Generally this works by:
976
977 cat u-boot.bin u-boot.dtb >image.bin
978
979 and in fact, U-Boot does this for you, creating a file called
980 u-boot-dtb.bin which is useful in the common case. You can
981 still use the individual files if you need something more
982 exotic.
983
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000984- Watchdog:
985 CONFIG_WATCHDOG
986 If this variable is defined, it enables watchdog
Detlev Zundel6abe6fb2011-04-27 05:25:59 +0000987 support for the SoC. There must be support in the SoC
988 specific code for a watchdog. For the 8xx and 8260
989 CPUs, the SIU Watchdog feature is enabled in the SYPCR
990 register. When supported for a specific SoC is
991 available, then no further board specific code should
992 be needed to use it.
993
994 CONFIG_HW_WATCHDOG
995 When using a watchdog circuitry external to the used
996 SoC, then define this variable and provide board
997 specific code for the "hw_watchdog_reset" function.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000998
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +0000999- U-Boot Version:
1000 CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE
1001 If this variable is defined, an environment variable
1002 named "ver" is created by U-Boot showing the U-Boot
1003 version as printed by the "version" command.
Benoît Thébaudeaua1ea8e52012-08-13 15:01:14 +02001004 Any change to this variable will be reverted at the
1005 next reset.
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00001006
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001007- Real-Time Clock:
1008
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001009 When CONFIG_CMD_DATE is selected, the type of the RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001010 has to be selected, too. Define exactly one of the
1011 following options:
1012
1013 CONFIG_RTC_MPC8xx - use internal RTC of MPC8xx
1014 CONFIG_RTC_PCF8563 - use Philips PCF8563 RTC
Fabio Estevam4e8b7542011-10-24 06:44:15 +00001015 CONFIG_RTC_MC13XXX - use MC13783 or MC13892 RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001016 CONFIG_RTC_MC146818 - use MC146818 RTC
wdenk1cb8e982003-03-06 21:55:29 +00001017 CONFIG_RTC_DS1307 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1307 RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001018 CONFIG_RTC_DS1337 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1337 RTC
wdenk7f70e852003-05-20 14:25:27 +00001019 CONFIG_RTC_DS1338 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1338 RTC
wdenk3bac3512003-03-12 10:41:04 +00001020 CONFIG_RTC_DS164x - use Dallas DS164x RTC
Tor Krill9536dfc2008-03-15 15:40:26 +01001021 CONFIG_RTC_ISL1208 - use Intersil ISL1208 RTC
wdenk4c0d4c32004-06-09 17:34:58 +00001022 CONFIG_RTC_MAX6900 - use Maxim, Inc. MAX6900 RTC
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001023 CONFIG_SYS_RTC_DS1337_NOOSC - Turn off the OSC output for DS1337
Heiko Schocher71d19f32011-03-28 09:24:22 +02001024 CONFIG_SYS_RV3029_TCR - enable trickle charger on
1025 RV3029 RTC.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001026
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001027 Note that if the RTC uses I2C, then the I2C interface
1028 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below.
1029
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -06001030- GPIO Support:
1031 CONFIG_PCA953X - use NXP's PCA953X series I2C GPIO
1032 CONFIG_PCA953X_INFO - enable pca953x info command
1033
Chris Packham5dec49c2010-12-19 10:12:13 +00001034 The CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PCA953X_WIDTH option specifies a list of
1035 chip-ngpio pairs that tell the PCA953X driver the number of
1036 pins supported by a particular chip.
1037
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -06001038 Note that if the GPIO device uses I2C, then the I2C interface
1039 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below.
1040
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001041- Timestamp Support:
1042
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001043 When CONFIG_TIMESTAMP is selected, the timestamp
1044 (date and time) of an image is printed by image
1045 commands like bootm or iminfo. This option is
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001046 automatically enabled when you select CONFIG_CMD_DATE .
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001047
Karl O. Pinc923c46f2012-08-16 06:20:15 +00001048- Partition Labels (disklabels) Supported:
1049 Zero or more of the following:
1050 CONFIG_MAC_PARTITION Apple's MacOS partition table.
1051 CONFIG_DOS_PARTITION MS Dos partition table, traditional on the
1052 Intel architecture, USB sticks, etc.
1053 CONFIG_ISO_PARTITION ISO partition table, used on CDROM etc.
1054 CONFIG_EFI_PARTITION GPT partition table, common when EFI is the
1055 bootloader. Note 2TB partition limit; see
1056 disk/part_efi.c
1057 CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS Memory Technology Device partition table.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001058
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01001059 If IDE or SCSI support is enabled (CONFIG_CMD_IDE or
1060 CONFIG_CMD_SCSI) you must configure support for at
Karl O. Pinc923c46f2012-08-16 06:20:15 +00001061 least one non-MTD partition type as well.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001062
1063- IDE Reset method:
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001064 CONFIG_IDE_RESET_ROUTINE - this is defined in several
1065 board configurations files but used nowhere!
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001066
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001067 CONFIG_IDE_RESET - is this is defined, IDE Reset will
1068 be performed by calling the function
1069 ide_set_reset(int reset)
1070 which has to be defined in a board specific file
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001071
1072- ATAPI Support:
1073 CONFIG_ATAPI
1074
1075 Set this to enable ATAPI support.
1076
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +00001077- LBA48 Support
1078 CONFIG_LBA48
1079
1080 Set this to enable support for disks larger than 137GB
Heiko Schocher4b142fe2009-12-03 11:21:21 +01001081 Also look at CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA.
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +00001082 Whithout these , LBA48 support uses 32bit variables and will 'only'
1083 support disks up to 2.1TB.
1084
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001085 CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA:
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +00001086 When enabled, makes the IDE subsystem use 64bit sector addresses.
1087 Default is 32bit.
1088
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001089- SCSI Support:
1090 At the moment only there is only support for the
1091 SYM53C8XX SCSI controller; define
1092 CONFIG_SCSI_SYM53C8XX to enable it.
1093
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001094 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN [8], CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID [7] and
1095 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_DEVICE [CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID *
1096 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN] can be adjusted to define the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001097 maximum numbers of LUNs, SCSI ID's and target
1098 devices.
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001099 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_SYM53C8XX_CCF to fix clock timing (80Mhz)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001100
Stefan Reinauer447c0312012-10-29 05:23:48 +00001101 The environment variable 'scsidevs' is set to the number of
1102 SCSI devices found during the last scan.
1103
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001104- NETWORK Support (PCI):
wdenk682011f2003-06-03 23:54:09 +00001105 CONFIG_E1000
Kyle Moffettce5207e2011-10-18 11:05:29 +00001106 Support for Intel 8254x/8257x gigabit chips.
1107
1108 CONFIG_E1000_SPI
1109 Utility code for direct access to the SPI bus on Intel 8257x.
1110 This does not do anything useful unless you set at least one
1111 of CONFIG_CMD_E1000 or CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC.
1112
1113 CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC
1114 Allow generic access to the SPI bus on the Intel 8257x, for
1115 example with the "sspi" command.
1116
1117 CONFIG_CMD_E1000
1118 Management command for E1000 devices. When used on devices
1119 with SPI support you can reprogram the EEPROM from U-Boot.
stroese53cf9432003-06-05 15:39:44 +00001120
Andre Schwarzac3315c2008-03-06 16:45:44 +01001121 CONFIG_E1000_FALLBACK_MAC
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001122 default MAC for empty EEPROM after production.
Andre Schwarzac3315c2008-03-06 16:45:44 +01001123
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001124 CONFIG_EEPRO100
1125 Support for Intel 82557/82559/82559ER chips.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001126 Optional CONFIG_EEPRO100_SROM_WRITE enables EEPROM
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001127 write routine for first time initialisation.
1128
1129 CONFIG_TULIP
1130 Support for Digital 2114x chips.
1131 Optional CONFIG_TULIP_SELECT_MEDIA for board specific
1132 modem chip initialisation (KS8761/QS6611).
1133
1134 CONFIG_NATSEMI
1135 Support for National dp83815 chips.
1136
1137 CONFIG_NS8382X
1138 Support for National dp8382[01] gigabit chips.
1139
wdenk45219c42003-05-12 21:50:16 +00001140- NETWORK Support (other):
1141
Jens Scharsigc041e9d2010-01-23 12:03:45 +01001142 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC
1143 Support for AT91RM9200 EMAC.
1144
1145 CONFIG_RMII
1146 Define this to use reduced MII inteface
1147
1148 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC_QUIET
1149 If this defined, the driver is quiet.
1150 The driver doen't show link status messages.
1151
Rob Herringefdd7312011-12-15 11:15:49 +00001152 CONFIG_CALXEDA_XGMAC
1153 Support for the Calxeda XGMAC device
1154
Ashok3bb46d22012-10-15 06:20:47 +00001155 CONFIG_LAN91C96
wdenk45219c42003-05-12 21:50:16 +00001156 Support for SMSC's LAN91C96 chips.
1157
1158 CONFIG_LAN91C96_BASE
1159 Define this to hold the physical address
1160 of the LAN91C96's I/O space
1161
1162 CONFIG_LAN91C96_USE_32_BIT
1163 Define this to enable 32 bit addressing
1164
Ashok3bb46d22012-10-15 06:20:47 +00001165 CONFIG_SMC91111
wdenkf39748a2004-06-09 13:37:52 +00001166 Support for SMSC's LAN91C111 chip
1167
1168 CONFIG_SMC91111_BASE
1169 Define this to hold the physical address
1170 of the device (I/O space)
1171
1172 CONFIG_SMC_USE_32_BIT
1173 Define this if data bus is 32 bits
1174
1175 CONFIG_SMC_USE_IOFUNCS
1176 Define this to use i/o functions instead of macros
1177 (some hardware wont work with macros)
1178
Heiko Schocherdc02bad2011-11-15 10:00:04 -05001179 CONFIG_DRIVER_TI_EMAC
1180 Support for davinci emac
1181
1182 CONFIG_SYS_DAVINCI_EMAC_PHY_COUNT
1183 Define this if you have more then 3 PHYs.
1184
Macpaul Linb3dbf4a52010-12-21 16:59:46 +08001185 CONFIG_FTGMAC100
1186 Support for Faraday's FTGMAC100 Gigabit SoC Ethernet
1187
1188 CONFIG_FTGMAC100_EGIGA
1189 Define this to use GE link update with gigabit PHY.
1190 Define this if FTGMAC100 is connected to gigabit PHY.
1191 If your system has 10/100 PHY only, it might not occur
1192 wrong behavior. Because PHY usually return timeout or
1193 useless data when polling gigabit status and gigabit
1194 control registers. This behavior won't affect the
1195 correctnessof 10/100 link speed update.
1196
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001197 CONFIG_SMC911X
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001198 Support for SMSC's LAN911x and LAN921x chips
1199
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001200 CONFIG_SMC911X_BASE
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001201 Define this to hold the physical address
1202 of the device (I/O space)
1203
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001204 CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001205 Define this if data bus is 32 bits
1206
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001207 CONFIG_SMC911X_16_BIT
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001208 Define this if data bus is 16 bits. If your processor
1209 automatically converts one 32 bit word to two 16 bit
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001210 words you may also try CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT.
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001211
Yoshihiro Shimoda3d0075f2011-01-27 10:06:03 +09001212 CONFIG_SH_ETHER
1213 Support for Renesas on-chip Ethernet controller
1214
1215 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_USE_PORT
1216 Define the number of ports to be used
1217
1218 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_PHY_ADDR
1219 Define the ETH PHY's address
1220
Yoshihiro Shimoda68260aa2011-01-27 10:06:08 +09001221 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_CACHE_WRITEBACK
1222 If this option is set, the driver enables cache flush.
1223
Vadim Bendebury5e124722011-10-17 08:36:14 +00001224- TPM Support:
Che-liang Chiou90899cc2013-04-12 11:04:34 +00001225 CONFIG_TPM
1226 Support TPM devices.
1227
Tom Wai-Hong Tam1b393db2013-04-12 11:04:37 +00001228 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C
1229 Support for i2c bus TPM devices. Only one device
1230 per system is supported at this time.
1231
1232 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_BUS_NUMBER
1233 Define the the i2c bus number for the TPM device
1234
1235 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS
1236 Define the TPM's address on the i2c bus
1237
1238 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_BURST_LIMITATION
1239 Define the burst count bytes upper limit
1240
Che-liang Chiou90899cc2013-04-12 11:04:34 +00001241 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_LPC
Vadim Bendebury5e124722011-10-17 08:36:14 +00001242 Support for generic parallel port TPM devices. Only one device
1243 per system is supported at this time.
1244
1245 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_BASE_ADDRESS
1246 Base address where the generic TPM device is mapped
1247 to. Contemporary x86 systems usually map it at
1248 0xfed40000.
1249
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001250- USB Support:
1251 At the moment only the UHCI host controller is
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001252 supported (PIP405, MIP405, MPC5200); define
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001253 CONFIG_USB_UHCI to enable it.
1254 define CONFIG_USB_KEYBOARD to enable the USB Keyboard
wdenk30d56fa2004-10-09 22:44:59 +00001255 and define CONFIG_USB_STORAGE to enable the USB
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001256 storage devices.
1257 Note:
1258 Supported are USB Keyboards and USB Floppy drives
1259 (TEAC FD-05PUB).
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001260 MPC5200 USB requires additional defines:
1261 CONFIG_USB_CLOCK
1262 for 528 MHz Clock: 0x0001bbbb
Eric Millbrandt307ecb62009-08-13 08:32:37 -05001263 CONFIG_PSC3_USB
1264 for USB on PSC3
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001265 CONFIG_USB_CONFIG
1266 for differential drivers: 0x00001000
1267 for single ended drivers: 0x00005000
Eric Millbrandt307ecb62009-08-13 08:32:37 -05001268 for differential drivers on PSC3: 0x00000100
1269 for single ended drivers on PSC3: 0x00004100
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001270 CONFIG_SYS_USB_EVENT_POLL
Zhang Weifdcfaa12007-06-06 10:08:13 +02001271 May be defined to allow interrupt polling
1272 instead of using asynchronous interrupts
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001273
Simon Glass9ab4ce22012-02-27 10:52:47 +00001274 CONFIG_USB_EHCI_TXFIFO_THRESH enables setting of the
1275 txfilltuning field in the EHCI controller on reset.
1276
Kuo-Jung Suaa155052013-05-15 15:29:22 +08001277 CONFIG_USB_HUB_MIN_POWER_ON_DELAY defines the minimum
1278 interval for usb hub power-on delay.(minimum 100msec)
1279
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001280- USB Device:
1281 Define the below if you wish to use the USB console.
1282 Once firmware is rebuilt from a serial console issue the
1283 command "setenv stdin usbtty; setenv stdout usbtty" and
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001284 attach your USB cable. The Unix command "dmesg" should print
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001285 it has found a new device. The environment variable usbtty
1286 can be set to gserial or cdc_acm to enable your device to
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001287 appear to a USB host as a Linux gserial device or a
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001288 Common Device Class Abstract Control Model serial device.
1289 If you select usbtty = gserial you should be able to enumerate
1290 a Linux host by
1291 # modprobe usbserial vendor=0xVendorID product=0xProductID
1292 else if using cdc_acm, simply setting the environment
1293 variable usbtty to be cdc_acm should suffice. The following
1294 might be defined in YourBoardName.h
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001295
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001296 CONFIG_USB_DEVICE
1297 Define this to build a UDC device
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001298
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001299 CONFIG_USB_TTY
1300 Define this to have a tty type of device available to
1301 talk to the UDC device
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001302
Vipin KUMARf9da0f82012-03-26 15:38:06 +05301303 CONFIG_USBD_HS
1304 Define this to enable the high speed support for usb
1305 device and usbtty. If this feature is enabled, a routine
1306 int is_usbd_high_speed(void)
1307 also needs to be defined by the driver to dynamically poll
1308 whether the enumeration has succeded at high speed or full
1309 speed.
1310
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001311 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001312 Define this if you want stdin, stdout &/or stderr to
1313 be set to usbtty.
1314
1315 mpc8xx:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001316 CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0xBLAH
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001317 Derive USB clock from external clock "blah"
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001318 - CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0x02
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001319
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001320 CONFIG_SYS_USB_BRG_CLK 0xBLAH
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001321 Derive USB clock from brgclk
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001322 - CONFIG_SYS_USB_BRG_CLK 0x04
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001323
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001324 If you have a USB-IF assigned VendorID then you may wish to
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001325 define your own vendor specific values either in BoardName.h
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001326 or directly in usbd_vendor_info.h. If you don't define
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001327 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER, CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME,
1328 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID and CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID, then U-Boot
1329 should pretend to be a Linux device to it's target host.
1330
1331 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER
1332 Define this string as the name of your company for
1333 - CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER "my company"
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001334
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001335 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME
1336 Define this string as the name of your product
1337 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME "acme usb device"
1338
1339 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID
1340 Define this as your assigned Vendor ID from the USB
1341 Implementors Forum. This *must* be a genuine Vendor ID
1342 to avoid polluting the USB namespace.
1343 - CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID 0xFFFF
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001344
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001345 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID
1346 Define this as the unique Product ID
1347 for your device
1348 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID 0xFFFF
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001349
Igor Grinbergd70a5602011-12-12 12:08:35 +02001350- ULPI Layer Support:
1351 The ULPI (UTMI Low Pin (count) Interface) PHYs are supported via
1352 the generic ULPI layer. The generic layer accesses the ULPI PHY
1353 via the platform viewport, so you need both the genric layer and
1354 the viewport enabled. Currently only Chipidea/ARC based
1355 viewport is supported.
1356 To enable the ULPI layer support, define CONFIG_USB_ULPI and
1357 CONFIG_USB_ULPI_VIEWPORT in your board configuration file.
Lucas Stach6d365ea2012-10-01 00:44:35 +02001358 If your ULPI phy needs a different reference clock than the
1359 standard 24 MHz then you have to define CONFIG_ULPI_REF_CLK to
1360 the appropriate value in Hz.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001361
1362- MMC Support:
1363 The MMC controller on the Intel PXA is supported. To
1364 enable this define CONFIG_MMC. The MMC can be
1365 accessed from the boot prompt by mapping the device
1366 to physical memory similar to flash. Command line is
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001367 enabled with CONFIG_CMD_MMC. The MMC driver also works with
1368 the FAT fs. This is enabled with CONFIG_CMD_FAT.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001369
Yoshihiro Shimodaafb35662011-07-04 22:21:22 +00001370 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF
1371 Support for Renesas on-chip MMCIF controller
1372
1373 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_ADDR
1374 Define the base address of MMCIF registers
1375
1376 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_CLK
1377 Define the clock frequency for MMCIF
1378
Tom Rinib3ba6e92013-03-14 05:32:47 +00001379- USB Device Firmware Update (DFU) class support:
1380 CONFIG_DFU_FUNCTION
1381 This enables the USB portion of the DFU USB class
1382
1383 CONFIG_CMD_DFU
1384 This enables the command "dfu" which is used to have
1385 U-Boot create a DFU class device via USB. This command
1386 requires that the "dfu_alt_info" environment variable be
1387 set and define the alt settings to expose to the host.
1388
1389 CONFIG_DFU_MMC
1390 This enables support for exposing (e)MMC devices via DFU.
1391
Pantelis Antoniouc6631762013-03-14 05:32:52 +00001392 CONFIG_DFU_NAND
1393 This enables support for exposing NAND devices via DFU.
1394
Heiko Schochere7e75c72013-06-12 06:05:51 +02001395 CONFIG_SYS_DFU_DATA_BUF_SIZE
1396 Dfu transfer uses a buffer before writing data to the
1397 raw storage device. Make the size (in bytes) of this buffer
1398 configurable. The size of this buffer is also configurable
1399 through the "dfu_bufsiz" environment variable.
1400
Pantelis Antoniouea2453d2013-03-14 05:32:48 +00001401 CONFIG_SYS_DFU_MAX_FILE_SIZE
1402 When updating files rather than the raw storage device,
1403 we use a static buffer to copy the file into and then write
1404 the buffer once we've been given the whole file. Define
1405 this to the maximum filesize (in bytes) for the buffer.
1406 Default is 4 MiB if undefined.
1407
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001408- Journaling Flash filesystem support:
1409 CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND, CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_OFF, CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_SIZE,
1410 CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_DEV
1411 Define these for a default partition on a NAND device
1412
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001413 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_SECTOR,
1414 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_BANK, CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_NUM_BANKS
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001415 Define these for a default partition on a NOR device
1416
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001417 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS_CUSTOM_PART
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001418 Define this to create an own partition. You have to provide a
1419 function struct part_info* jffs2_part_info(int part_num)
1420
1421 If you define only one JFFS2 partition you may also want to
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001422 #define CONFIG_SYS_JFFS_SINGLE_PART 1
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001423 to disable the command chpart. This is the default when you
1424 have not defined a custom partition
1425
Donggeun Kimc30a15e2011-10-24 21:15:28 +00001426- FAT(File Allocation Table) filesystem write function support:
1427 CONFIG_FAT_WRITE
Donggeun Kim656f4c62012-03-22 04:38:56 +00001428
1429 Define this to enable support for saving memory data as a
1430 file in FAT formatted partition.
1431
1432 This will also enable the command "fatwrite" enabling the
1433 user to write files to FAT.
Donggeun Kimc30a15e2011-10-24 21:15:28 +00001434
Gabe Black84cd9322012-10-12 14:26:11 +00001435CBFS (Coreboot Filesystem) support
1436 CONFIG_CMD_CBFS
1437
1438 Define this to enable support for reading from a Coreboot
1439 filesystem. Available commands are cbfsinit, cbfsinfo, cbfsls
1440 and cbfsload.
1441
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001442- Keyboard Support:
1443 CONFIG_ISA_KEYBOARD
1444
1445 Define this to enable standard (PC-Style) keyboard
1446 support
1447
1448 CONFIG_I8042_KBD
1449 Standard PC keyboard driver with US (is default) and
1450 GERMAN key layout (switch via environment 'keymap=de') support.
1451 Export function i8042_kbd_init, i8042_tstc and i8042_getc
1452 for cfb_console. Supports cursor blinking.
1453
Hung-ying Tyan713cb682013-05-15 18:27:32 +08001454 CONFIG_CROS_EC_KEYB
1455 Enables a Chrome OS keyboard using the CROS_EC interface.
1456 This uses CROS_EC to communicate with a second microcontroller
1457 which provides key scans on request.
1458
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001459- Video support:
1460 CONFIG_VIDEO
1461
1462 Define this to enable video support (for output to
1463 video).
1464
1465 CONFIG_VIDEO_CT69000
1466
1467 Enable Chips & Technologies 69000 Video chip
1468
1469 CONFIG_VIDEO_SMI_LYNXEM
wdenkb79a11c2004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001470 Enable Silicon Motion SMI 712/710/810 Video chip. The
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001471 video output is selected via environment 'videoout'
1472 (1 = LCD and 2 = CRT). If videoout is undefined, CRT is
1473 assumed.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001474
wdenkb79a11c2004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001475 For the CT69000 and SMI_LYNXEM drivers, videomode is
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001476 selected via environment 'videomode'. Two different ways
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001477 are possible:
1478 - "videomode=num" 'num' is a standard LiLo mode numbers.
wdenk6e592382004-04-18 17:39:38 +00001479 Following standard modes are supported (* is default):
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001480
1481 Colors 640x480 800x600 1024x768 1152x864 1280x1024
1482 -------------+---------------------------------------------
1483 8 bits | 0x301* 0x303 0x305 0x161 0x307
1484 15 bits | 0x310 0x313 0x316 0x162 0x319
1485 16 bits | 0x311 0x314 0x317 0x163 0x31A
1486 24 bits | 0x312 0x315 0x318 ? 0x31B
1487 -------------+---------------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001488 (i.e. setenv videomode 317; saveenv; reset;)
1489
wdenkb79a11c2004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001490 - "videomode=bootargs" all the video parameters are parsed
Marcel Ziswiler7817cb22007-12-30 03:30:46 +01001491 from the bootargs. (See drivers/video/videomodes.c)
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001492
1493
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00001494 CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001495 Enable Epson SED13806 driver. This driver supports 8bpp
wdenka6c7ad22002-12-03 21:28:10 +00001496 and 16bpp modes defined by CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806_8BPP
1497 or CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806_16BPP
1498
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001499 CONFIG_FSL_DIU_FB
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02001500 Enable the Freescale DIU video driver. Reference boards for
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001501 SOCs that have a DIU should define this macro to enable DIU
1502 support, and should also define these other macros:
1503
1504 CONFIG_SYS_DIU_ADDR
1505 CONFIG_VIDEO
1506 CONFIG_CMD_BMP
1507 CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE
1508 CONFIG_VIDEO_SW_CURSOR
1509 CONFIG_VGA_AS_SINGLE_DEVICE
1510 CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO
1511 CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO
1512
Timur Tabiba8e76b2011-04-11 14:18:22 -05001513 The DIU driver will look for the 'video-mode' environment
1514 variable, and if defined, enable the DIU as a console during
1515 boot. See the documentation file README.video for a
1516 description of this variable.
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001517
Simon Glass058d59b2012-12-03 13:59:47 +00001518 CONFIG_VIDEO_VGA
1519
1520 Enable the VGA video / BIOS for x86. The alternative if you
1521 are using coreboot is to use the coreboot frame buffer
1522 driver.
1523
1524
wdenk682011f2003-06-03 23:54:09 +00001525- Keyboard Support:
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001526 CONFIG_KEYBOARD
wdenk682011f2003-06-03 23:54:09 +00001527
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001528 Define this to enable a custom keyboard support.
1529 This simply calls drv_keyboard_init() which must be
1530 defined in your board-specific files.
1531 The only board using this so far is RBC823.
wdenka6c7ad22002-12-03 21:28:10 +00001532
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001533- LCD Support: CONFIG_LCD
1534
1535 Define this to enable LCD support (for output to LCD
1536 display); also select one of the supported displays
1537 by defining one of these:
1538
Stelian Pop39cf4802008-05-09 21:57:18 +02001539 CONFIG_ATMEL_LCD:
1540
1541 HITACHI TX09D70VM1CCA, 3.5", 240x320.
1542
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001543 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448AC33:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001544
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001545 NEC NL6448AC33-18. Active, color, single scan.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001546
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001547 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC20
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001548
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001549 NEC NL6448BC20-08. 6.5", 640x480.
1550 Active, color, single scan.
1551
1552 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC33_54
1553
1554 NEC NL6448BC33-54. 10.4", 640x480.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001555 Active, color, single scan.
1556
1557 CONFIG_SHARP_16x9
1558
1559 Sharp 320x240. Active, color, single scan.
1560 It isn't 16x9, and I am not sure what it is.
1561
1562 CONFIG_SHARP_LQ64D341
1563
1564 Sharp LQ64D341 display, 640x480.
1565 Active, color, single scan.
1566
1567 CONFIG_HLD1045
1568
1569 HLD1045 display, 640x480.
1570 Active, color, single scan.
1571
1572 CONFIG_OPTREX_BW
1573
1574 Optrex CBL50840-2 NF-FW 99 22 M5
1575 or
1576 Hitachi LMG6912RPFC-00T
1577 or
1578 Hitachi SP14Q002
1579
1580 320x240. Black & white.
1581
1582 Normally display is black on white background; define
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001583 CONFIG_SYS_WHITE_ON_BLACK to get it inverted.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001584
Simon Glass676d3192012-10-17 13:24:54 +00001585 CONFIG_LCD_ALIGNMENT
1586
1587 Normally the LCD is page-aligned (tyically 4KB). If this is
1588 defined then the LCD will be aligned to this value instead.
1589 For ARM it is sometimes useful to use MMU_SECTION_SIZE
1590 here, since it is cheaper to change data cache settings on
1591 a per-section basis.
1592
Simon Glass0d89efe2012-10-17 13:24:59 +00001593 CONFIG_CONSOLE_SCROLL_LINES
1594
1595 When the console need to be scrolled, this is the number of
1596 lines to scroll by. It defaults to 1. Increasing this makes
1597 the console jump but can help speed up operation when scrolling
1598 is slow.
Simon Glass676d3192012-10-17 13:24:54 +00001599
Tom Wai-Hong Tam45d7f522012-09-28 15:11:16 +00001600 CONFIG_LCD_BMP_RLE8
1601
1602 Support drawing of RLE8-compressed bitmaps on the LCD.
1603
Tom Wai-Hong Tam735987c2012-12-05 14:46:40 +00001604 CONFIG_I2C_EDID
1605
1606 Enables an 'i2c edid' command which can read EDID
1607 information over I2C from an attached LCD display.
1608
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00001609- Splash Screen Support: CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001610
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001611 If this option is set, the environment is checked for
1612 a variable "splashimage". If found, the usual display
1613 of logo, copyright and system information on the LCD
wdenke94d2cd2004-06-30 22:59:18 +00001614 is suppressed and the BMP image at the address
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001615 specified in "splashimage" is loaded instead. The
1616 console is redirected to the "nulldev", too. This
1617 allows for a "silent" boot where a splash screen is
1618 loaded very quickly after power-on.
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001619
Nikita Kiryanovc0880482013-02-24 21:28:43 +00001620 CONFIG_SPLASHIMAGE_GUARD
1621
1622 If this option is set, then U-Boot will prevent the environment
1623 variable "splashimage" from being set to a problematic address
1624 (see README.displaying-bmps and README.arm-unaligned-accesses).
1625 This option is useful for targets where, due to alignment
1626 restrictions, an improperly aligned BMP image will cause a data
1627 abort. If you think you will not have problems with unaligned
1628 accesses (for example because your toolchain prevents them)
1629 there is no need to set this option.
1630
Matthias Weisser1ca298c2009-07-09 16:07:30 +02001631 CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN_ALIGN
1632
1633 If this option is set the splash image can be freely positioned
1634 on the screen. Environment variable "splashpos" specifies the
1635 position as "x,y". If a positive number is given it is used as
1636 number of pixel from left/top. If a negative number is given it
1637 is used as number of pixel from right/bottom. You can also
1638 specify 'm' for centering the image.
1639
1640 Example:
1641 setenv splashpos m,m
1642 => image at center of screen
1643
1644 setenv splashpos 30,20
1645 => image at x = 30 and y = 20
1646
1647 setenv splashpos -10,m
1648 => vertically centered image
1649 at x = dspWidth - bmpWidth - 9
1650
Stefan Roese98f4a3d2005-09-22 09:04:17 +02001651- Gzip compressed BMP image support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_GZIP
1652
1653 If this option is set, additionally to standard BMP
1654 images, gzipped BMP images can be displayed via the
1655 splashscreen support or the bmp command.
1656
Anatolij Gustschind5011762010-03-15 14:50:25 +01001657- Run length encoded BMP image (RLE8) support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_RLE8
1658
1659 If this option is set, 8-bit RLE compressed BMP images
1660 can be displayed via the splashscreen support or the
1661 bmp command.
1662
Lei Wenf2b96df2012-09-28 04:26:47 +00001663- Do compresssing for memory range:
1664 CONFIG_CMD_ZIP
1665
1666 If this option is set, it would use zlib deflate method
1667 to compress the specified memory at its best effort.
1668
wdenkc29fdfc2003-08-29 20:57:53 +00001669- Compression support:
1670 CONFIG_BZIP2
1671
1672 If this option is set, support for bzip2 compressed
1673 images is included. If not, only uncompressed and gzip
1674 compressed images are supported.
1675
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00001676 NOTE: the bzip2 algorithm requires a lot of RAM, so
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001677 the malloc area (as defined by CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN) should
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00001678 be at least 4MB.
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001679
Luigi 'Comio' Mantellinifc9c1722008-09-08 02:46:13 +02001680 CONFIG_LZMA
1681
1682 If this option is set, support for lzma compressed
1683 images is included.
1684
1685 Note: The LZMA algorithm adds between 2 and 4KB of code and it
1686 requires an amount of dynamic memory that is given by the
1687 formula:
1688
1689 (1846 + 768 << (lc + lp)) * sizeof(uint16)
1690
1691 Where lc and lp stand for, respectively, Literal context bits
1692 and Literal pos bits.
1693
1694 This value is upper-bounded by 14MB in the worst case. Anyway,
1695 for a ~4MB large kernel image, we have lc=3 and lp=0 for a
1696 total amount of (1846 + 768 << (3 + 0)) * 2 = ~41KB... that is
1697 a very small buffer.
1698
1699 Use the lzmainfo tool to determinate the lc and lp values and
1700 then calculate the amount of needed dynamic memory (ensuring
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001701 the appropriate CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN value).
Luigi 'Comio' Mantellinifc9c1722008-09-08 02:46:13 +02001702
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00001703- MII/PHY support:
1704 CONFIG_PHY_ADDR
1705
1706 The address of PHY on MII bus.
1707
1708 CONFIG_PHY_CLOCK_FREQ (ppc4xx)
1709
1710 The clock frequency of the MII bus
1711
1712 CONFIG_PHY_GIGE
1713
1714 If this option is set, support for speed/duplex
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001715 detection of gigabit PHY is included.
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00001716
1717 CONFIG_PHY_RESET_DELAY
1718
1719 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after
1720 reset before any MII register access is possible.
1721 For such PHY, set this option to the usec delay
1722 required. (minimum 300usec for LXT971A)
1723
1724 CONFIG_PHY_CMD_DELAY (ppc4xx)
1725
1726 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after
1727 command issued before MII status register can be read
1728
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001729- Ethernet address:
1730 CONFIG_ETHADDR
richardretanubunc68a05f2008-09-29 18:28:23 -04001731 CONFIG_ETH1ADDR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001732 CONFIG_ETH2ADDR
1733 CONFIG_ETH3ADDR
richardretanubunc68a05f2008-09-29 18:28:23 -04001734 CONFIG_ETH4ADDR
1735 CONFIG_ETH5ADDR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001736
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001737 Define a default value for Ethernet address to use
1738 for the respective Ethernet interface, in case this
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001739 is not determined automatically.
1740
1741- IP address:
1742 CONFIG_IPADDR
1743
1744 Define a default value for the IP address to use for
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001745 the default Ethernet interface, in case this is not
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001746 determined through e.g. bootp.
Wolfgang Denk1ebcd652011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001747 (Environment variable "ipaddr")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001748
1749- Server IP address:
1750 CONFIG_SERVERIP
1751
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001752 Defines a default value for the IP address of a TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001753 server to contact when using the "tftboot" command.
Wolfgang Denk1ebcd652011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001754 (Environment variable "serverip")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001755
Robin Getz97cfe862009-07-21 12:15:28 -04001756 CONFIG_KEEP_SERVERADDR
1757
1758 Keeps the server's MAC address, in the env 'serveraddr'
1759 for passing to bootargs (like Linux's netconsole option)
1760
Wolfgang Denk1ebcd652011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001761- Gateway IP address:
1762 CONFIG_GATEWAYIP
1763
1764 Defines a default value for the IP address of the
1765 default router where packets to other networks are
1766 sent to.
1767 (Environment variable "gatewayip")
1768
1769- Subnet mask:
1770 CONFIG_NETMASK
1771
1772 Defines a default value for the subnet mask (or
1773 routing prefix) which is used to determine if an IP
1774 address belongs to the local subnet or needs to be
1775 forwarded through a router.
1776 (Environment variable "netmask")
1777
David Updegraff53a5c422007-06-11 10:41:07 -05001778- Multicast TFTP Mode:
1779 CONFIG_MCAST_TFTP
1780
1781 Defines whether you want to support multicast TFTP as per
1782 rfc-2090; for example to work with atftp. Lets lots of targets
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001783 tftp down the same boot image concurrently. Note: the Ethernet
David Updegraff53a5c422007-06-11 10:41:07 -05001784 driver in use must provide a function: mcast() to join/leave a
1785 multicast group.
1786
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001787- BOOTP Recovery Mode:
1788 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY
1789
1790 If you have many targets in a network that try to
1791 boot using BOOTP, you may want to avoid that all
1792 systems send out BOOTP requests at precisely the same
1793 moment (which would happen for instance at recovery
1794 from a power failure, when all systems will try to
1795 boot, thus flooding the BOOTP server. Defining
1796 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY causes a random delay to be
1797 inserted before sending out BOOTP requests. The
Wolfgang Denk6c33c782007-08-06 23:21:05 +02001798 following delays are inserted then:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001799
1800 1st BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 1 sec
1801 2nd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 2 sec
1802 3rd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 4 sec
1803 4th and following
1804 BOOTP requests: delay 0 ... 8 sec
1805
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001806- DHCP Advanced Options:
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001807 You can fine tune the DHCP functionality by defining
1808 CONFIG_BOOTP_* symbols:
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001809
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001810 CONFIG_BOOTP_SUBNETMASK
1811 CONFIG_BOOTP_GATEWAY
1812 CONFIG_BOOTP_HOSTNAME
1813 CONFIG_BOOTP_NISDOMAIN
1814 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTPATH
1815 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTFILESIZE
1816 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS
1817 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2
1818 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME
1819 CONFIG_BOOTP_NTPSERVER
1820 CONFIG_BOOTP_TIMEOFFSET
1821 CONFIG_BOOTP_VENDOREX
Joe Hershberger2c00e092012-05-23 07:59:19 +00001822 CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001823
Wilson Callan5d110f02007-07-28 10:56:13 -04001824 CONFIG_BOOTP_SERVERIP - TFTP server will be the serverip
1825 environment variable, not the BOOTP server.
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001826
Joe Hershberger2c00e092012-05-23 07:59:19 +00001827 CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL - If the DHCP server is not found
1828 after the configured retry count, the call will fail
1829 instead of starting over. This can be used to fail over
1830 to Link-local IP address configuration if the DHCP server
1831 is not available.
1832
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001833 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 - If a DHCP client requests the DNS
1834 serverip from a DHCP server, it is possible that more
1835 than one DNS serverip is offered to the client.
1836 If CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 is enabled, the secondary DNS
1837 serverip will be stored in the additional environment
1838 variable "dnsip2". The first DNS serverip is always
1839 stored in the variable "dnsip", when CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001840 is defined.
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001841
1842 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME - Some DHCP servers are capable
1843 to do a dynamic update of a DNS server. To do this, they
1844 need the hostname of the DHCP requester.
Wilson Callan5d110f02007-07-28 10:56:13 -04001845 If CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME is defined, the content
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001846 of the "hostname" environment variable is passed as
1847 option 12 to the DHCP server.
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001848
Aras Vaichasd9a2f412008-03-26 09:43:57 +11001849 CONFIG_BOOTP_DHCP_REQUEST_DELAY
1850
1851 A 32bit value in microseconds for a delay between
1852 receiving a "DHCP Offer" and sending the "DHCP Request".
1853 This fixes a problem with certain DHCP servers that don't
1854 respond 100% of the time to a "DHCP request". E.g. On an
1855 AT91RM9200 processor running at 180MHz, this delay needed
1856 to be *at least* 15,000 usec before a Windows Server 2003
1857 DHCP server would reply 100% of the time. I recommend at
1858 least 50,000 usec to be safe. The alternative is to hope
1859 that one of the retries will be successful but note that
1860 the DHCP timeout and retry process takes a longer than
1861 this delay.
1862
Joe Hershbergerd22c3382012-05-23 08:00:12 +00001863 - Link-local IP address negotiation:
1864 Negotiate with other link-local clients on the local network
1865 for an address that doesn't require explicit configuration.
1866 This is especially useful if a DHCP server cannot be guaranteed
1867 to exist in all environments that the device must operate.
1868
1869 See doc/README.link-local for more information.
1870
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00001871 - CDP Options:
wdenk6e592382004-04-18 17:39:38 +00001872 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00001873
1874 The device id used in CDP trigger frames.
1875
1876 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID_PREFIX
1877
1878 A two character string which is prefixed to the MAC address
1879 of the device.
1880
1881 CONFIG_CDP_PORT_ID
1882
1883 A printf format string which contains the ascii name of
1884 the port. Normally is set to "eth%d" which sets
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001885 eth0 for the first Ethernet, eth1 for the second etc.
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00001886
1887 CONFIG_CDP_CAPABILITIES
1888
1889 A 32bit integer which indicates the device capabilities;
1890 0x00000010 for a normal host which does not forwards.
1891
1892 CONFIG_CDP_VERSION
1893
1894 An ascii string containing the version of the software.
1895
1896 CONFIG_CDP_PLATFORM
1897
1898 An ascii string containing the name of the platform.
1899
1900 CONFIG_CDP_TRIGGER
1901
1902 A 32bit integer sent on the trigger.
1903
1904 CONFIG_CDP_POWER_CONSUMPTION
1905
1906 A 16bit integer containing the power consumption of the
1907 device in .1 of milliwatts.
1908
1909 CONFIG_CDP_APPLIANCE_VLAN_TYPE
1910
1911 A byte containing the id of the VLAN.
1912
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001913- Status LED: CONFIG_STATUS_LED
1914
1915 Several configurations allow to display the current
1916 status using a LED. For instance, the LED will blink
1917 fast while running U-Boot code, stop blinking as
1918 soon as a reply to a BOOTP request was received, and
1919 start blinking slow once the Linux kernel is running
1920 (supported by a status LED driver in the Linux
1921 kernel). Defining CONFIG_STATUS_LED enables this
1922 feature in U-Boot.
1923
1924- CAN Support: CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER
1925
1926 Defining CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER enables CAN driver support
1927 on those systems that support this (optional)
1928 feature, like the TQM8xxL modules.
1929
1930- I2C Support: CONFIG_HARD_I2C | CONFIG_SOFT_I2C
1931
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001932 These enable I2C serial bus commands. Defining either of
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001933 (but not both of) CONFIG_HARD_I2C or CONFIG_SOFT_I2C will
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001934 include the appropriate I2C driver for the selected CPU.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001935
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001936 This will allow you to use i2c commands at the u-boot
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001937 command line (as long as you set CONFIG_CMD_I2C in
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001938 CONFIG_COMMANDS) and communicate with i2c based realtime
1939 clock chips. See common/cmd_i2c.c for a description of the
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001940 command line interface.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001941
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001942 CONFIG_HARD_I2C selects a hardware I2C controller.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001943
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001944 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C configures u-boot to use a software (aka
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001945 bit-banging) driver instead of CPM or similar hardware
1946 support for I2C.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001947
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001948 There are several other quantities that must also be
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001949 defined when you define CONFIG_HARD_I2C or CONFIG_SOFT_I2C.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001950
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001951 In both cases you will need to define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SPEED
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001952 to be the frequency (in Hz) at which you wish your i2c bus
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001953 to run and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to be the address of this node (ie
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001954 the CPU's i2c node address).
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001955
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -05001956 Now, the u-boot i2c code for the mpc8xx
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02001957 (arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8xx/i2c.c) sets the CPU up as a master node
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -05001958 and so its address should therefore be cleared to 0 (See,
1959 eg, MPC823e User's Manual p.16-473). So, set
1960 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to 0.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001961
Eric Millbrandt5da71ef2009-09-03 08:09:44 -05001962 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_MPC5XXX
1963
1964 When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer
1965 chips might think that the current transfer is still
1966 in progress. Reset the slave devices by sending start
1967 commands until the slave device responds.
1968
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001969 That's all that's required for CONFIG_HARD_I2C.
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001970
1971 If you use the software i2c interface (CONFIG_SOFT_I2C)
1972 then the following macros need to be defined (examples are
1973 from include/configs/lwmon.h):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001974
1975 I2C_INIT
1976
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001977 (Optional). Any commands necessary to enable the I2C
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001978 controller or configure ports.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001979
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00001980 eg: #define I2C_INIT (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SCL)
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001981
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001982 I2C_PORT
1983
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001984 (Only for MPC8260 CPU). The I/O port to use (the code
1985 assumes both bits are on the same port). Valid values
1986 are 0..3 for ports A..D.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001987
1988 I2C_ACTIVE
1989
1990 The code necessary to make the I2C data line active
1991 (driven). If the data line is open collector, this
1992 define can be null.
1993
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001994 eg: #define I2C_ACTIVE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SDA)
1995
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001996 I2C_TRISTATE
1997
1998 The code necessary to make the I2C data line tri-stated
1999 (inactive). If the data line is open collector, this
2000 define can be null.
2001
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002002 eg: #define I2C_TRISTATE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir &= ~PB_SDA)
2003
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002004 I2C_READ
2005
York Sun472d5462013-04-01 11:29:11 -07002006 Code that returns true if the I2C data line is high,
2007 false if it is low.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002008
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002009 eg: #define I2C_READ ((immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat & PB_SDA) != 0)
2010
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002011 I2C_SDA(bit)
2012
York Sun472d5462013-04-01 11:29:11 -07002013 If <bit> is true, sets the I2C data line high. If it
2014 is false, it clears it (low).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002015
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002016 eg: #define I2C_SDA(bit) \
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +00002017 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SDA; \
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002018 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SDA
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002019
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002020 I2C_SCL(bit)
2021
York Sun472d5462013-04-01 11:29:11 -07002022 If <bit> is true, sets the I2C clock line high. If it
2023 is false, it clears it (low).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002024
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002025 eg: #define I2C_SCL(bit) \
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +00002026 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SCL; \
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002027 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SCL
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002028
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002029 I2C_DELAY
2030
2031 This delay is invoked four times per clock cycle so this
2032 controls the rate of data transfer. The data rate thus
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002033 is 1 / (I2C_DELAY * 4). Often defined to be something
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002034 like:
2035
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002036 #define I2C_DELAY udelay(2)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002037
Mike Frysinger793b5722010-07-21 13:38:02 -04002038 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SCL / CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SDA
2039
2040 If your arch supports the generic GPIO framework (asm/gpio.h),
2041 then you may alternatively define the two GPIOs that are to be
2042 used as SCL / SDA. Any of the previous I2C_xxx macros will
2043 have GPIO-based defaults assigned to them as appropriate.
2044
2045 You should define these to the GPIO value as given directly to
2046 the generic GPIO functions.
2047
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002048 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00002049
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002050 When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer
2051 chips might think that the current transfer is still
2052 in progress. On some boards it is possible to access
2053 the i2c SCLK line directly, either by using the
2054 processor pin as a GPIO or by having a second pin
2055 connected to the bus. If this option is defined a
2056 custom i2c_init_board() routine in boards/xxx/board.c
2057 is run early in the boot sequence.
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00002058
Richard Retanubun26a33502010-04-12 15:08:17 -04002059 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BOARD_LATE_INIT
2060
2061 An alternative to CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD. If this option is
2062 defined a custom i2c_board_late_init() routine in
2063 boards/xxx/board.c is run AFTER the operations in i2c_init()
2064 is completed. This callpoint can be used to unreset i2c bus
2065 using CPU i2c controller register accesses for CPUs whose i2c
2066 controller provide such a method. It is called at the end of
2067 i2c_init() to allow i2c_init operations to setup the i2c bus
2068 controller on the CPU (e.g. setting bus speed & slave address).
2069
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00002070 CONFIG_I2CFAST (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only)
2071
2072 This option enables configuration of bi_iic_fast[] flags
2073 in u-boot bd_info structure based on u-boot environment
2074 variable "i2cfast". (see also i2cfast)
2075
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002076 CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
2077
2078 This option allows the use of multiple I2C buses, each of which
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002079 must have a controller. At any point in time, only one bus is
2080 active. To switch to a different bus, use the 'i2c dev' command.
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002081 Note that bus numbering is zero-based.
2082
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002083 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002084
2085 This option specifies a list of I2C devices that will be skipped
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002086 when the 'i2c probe' command is issued. If CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Peter Tyser0f89c542009-04-18 22:34:03 -05002087 is set, specify a list of bus-device pairs. Otherwise, specify
2088 a 1D array of device addresses
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002089
2090 e.g.
2091 #undef CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002092 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES {0x50,0x68}
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002093
2094 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on a board with one I2C bus
2095
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002096 #define CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002097 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MULTI_NOPROBES {{0,0x50},{0,0x68},{1,0x54}}
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002098
2099 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on bus 0 and address 0x54 on bus 1
2100
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002101 CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM
Timur Tabibe5e6182006-11-03 19:15:00 -06002102
2103 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for DDR SPD.
2104 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that SPD is on I2C bus 0.
2105
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002106 CONFIG_SYS_RTC_BUS_NUM
Stefan Roese0dc018e2007-02-20 10:51:26 +01002107
2108 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the RTC.
2109 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that RTC is on I2C bus 0.
2110
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002111 CONFIG_SYS_DTT_BUS_NUM
Stefan Roese0dc018e2007-02-20 10:51:26 +01002112
2113 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the DTT.
2114 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that DTT is on I2C bus 0.
2115
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002116 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DTT_ADDR:
Victor Gallardo9ebbb542008-09-09 15:13:29 -07002117
2118 If defined, specifies the I2C address of the DTT device.
2119 If not defined, then U-Boot uses predefined value for
2120 specified DTT device.
2121
Timur Tabibe5e6182006-11-03 19:15:00 -06002122 CONFIG_FSL_I2C
2123
2124 Define this option if you want to use Freescale's I2C driver in
Marcel Ziswiler7817cb22007-12-30 03:30:46 +01002125 drivers/i2c/fsl_i2c.c.
Timur Tabibe5e6182006-11-03 19:15:00 -06002126
Heiko Schocher67b23a32008-10-15 09:39:47 +02002127 CONFIG_I2C_MUX
2128
2129 Define this option if you have I2C devices reached over 1 .. n
2130 I2C Muxes like the pca9544a. This option addes a new I2C
2131 Command "i2c bus [muxtype:muxaddr:muxchannel]" which adds a
2132 new I2C Bus to the existing I2C Busses. If you select the
2133 new Bus with "i2c dev", u-bbot sends first the commandos for
2134 the muxes to activate this new "bus".
2135
2136 CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS must be also defined, to use this
2137 feature!
2138
2139 Example:
2140 Adding a new I2C Bus reached over 2 pca9544a muxes
2141 The First mux with address 70 and channel 6
2142 The Second mux with address 71 and channel 4
2143
2144 => i2c bus pca9544a:70:6:pca9544a:71:4
2145
2146 Use the "i2c bus" command without parameter, to get a list
2147 of I2C Busses with muxes:
2148
2149 => i2c bus
2150 Busses reached over muxes:
2151 Bus ID: 2
2152 reached over Mux(es):
2153 pca9544a@70 ch: 4
2154 Bus ID: 3
2155 reached over Mux(es):
2156 pca9544a@70 ch: 6
2157 pca9544a@71 ch: 4
2158 =>
2159
2160 If you now switch to the new I2C Bus 3 with "i2c dev 3"
Michael Jonesf9a78b82011-07-14 22:09:28 +00002161 u-boot first sends the command to the mux@70 to enable
2162 channel 6, and then the command to the mux@71 to enable
Heiko Schocher67b23a32008-10-15 09:39:47 +02002163 the channel 4.
2164
2165 After that, you can use the "normal" i2c commands as
Michael Jonesf9a78b82011-07-14 22:09:28 +00002166 usual to communicate with your I2C devices behind
Heiko Schocher67b23a32008-10-15 09:39:47 +02002167 the 2 muxes.
2168
2169 This option is actually implemented for the bitbanging
2170 algorithm in common/soft_i2c.c and for the Hardware I2C
2171 Bus on the MPC8260. But it should be not so difficult
2172 to add this option to other architectures.
2173
Andrew Dyer2ac69852008-12-29 17:36:01 -06002174 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_READ_REPEATED_START
2175
2176 defining this will force the i2c_read() function in
2177 the soft_i2c driver to perform an I2C repeated start
2178 between writing the address pointer and reading the
2179 data. If this define is omitted the default behaviour
2180 of doing a stop-start sequence will be used. Most I2C
2181 devices can use either method, but some require one or
2182 the other.
Timur Tabibe5e6182006-11-03 19:15:00 -06002183
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002184- SPI Support: CONFIG_SPI
2185
2186 Enables SPI driver (so far only tested with
2187 SPI EEPROM, also an instance works with Crystal A/D and
2188 D/As on the SACSng board)
2189
Yoshihiro Shimoda66395622011-01-31 16:50:43 +09002190 CONFIG_SH_SPI
2191
2192 Enables the driver for SPI controller on SuperH. Currently
2193 only SH7757 is supported.
2194
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002195 CONFIG_SPI_X
2196
2197 Enables extended (16-bit) SPI EEPROM addressing.
2198 (symmetrical to CONFIG_I2C_X)
2199
2200 CONFIG_SOFT_SPI
2201
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002202 Enables a software (bit-bang) SPI driver rather than
2203 using hardware support. This is a general purpose
2204 driver that only requires three general I/O port pins
2205 (two outputs, one input) to function. If this is
2206 defined, the board configuration must define several
2207 SPI configuration items (port pins to use, etc). For
2208 an example, see include/configs/sacsng.h.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002209
Ben Warren04a9e112008-01-16 22:37:35 -05002210 CONFIG_HARD_SPI
2211
2212 Enables a hardware SPI driver for general-purpose reads
2213 and writes. As with CONFIG_SOFT_SPI, the board configuration
2214 must define a list of chip-select function pointers.
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002215 Currently supported on some MPC8xxx processors. For an
Ben Warren04a9e112008-01-16 22:37:35 -05002216 example, see include/configs/mpc8349emds.h.
2217
Guennadi Liakhovetski38254f42008-04-15 14:14:25 +02002218 CONFIG_MXC_SPI
2219
2220 Enables the driver for the SPI controllers on i.MX and MXC
Fabio Estevam2e3cd1c2011-10-28 08:57:46 +00002221 SoCs. Currently i.MX31/35/51 are supported.
Guennadi Liakhovetski38254f42008-04-15 14:14:25 +02002222
Matthias Fuchs01335022007-12-27 17:12:34 +01002223- FPGA Support: CONFIG_FPGA
2224
2225 Enables FPGA subsystem.
2226
2227 CONFIG_FPGA_<vendor>
2228
2229 Enables support for specific chip vendors.
2230 (ALTERA, XILINX)
2231
2232 CONFIG_FPGA_<family>
2233
2234 Enables support for FPGA family.
2235 (SPARTAN2, SPARTAN3, VIRTEX2, CYCLONE2, ACEX1K, ACEX)
2236
2237 CONFIG_FPGA_COUNT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002238
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002239 Specify the number of FPGA devices to support.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002240
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002241 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_PROG_FEEDBACK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002242
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002243 Enable printing of hash marks during FPGA configuration.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002244
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002245 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_BUSY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002246
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002247 Enable checks on FPGA configuration interface busy
2248 status by the configuration function. This option
2249 will require a board or device specific function to
2250 be written.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002251
2252 CONFIG_FPGA_DELAY
2253
2254 If defined, a function that provides delays in the FPGA
2255 configuration driver.
2256
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002257 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_CTRLC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002258 Allow Control-C to interrupt FPGA configuration
2259
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002260 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_ERROR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002261
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002262 Check for configuration errors during FPGA bitfile
2263 loading. For example, abort during Virtex II
2264 configuration if the INIT_B line goes low (which
2265 indicated a CRC error).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002266
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002267 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_INIT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002268
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002269 Maximum time to wait for the INIT_B line to deassert
2270 after PROB_B has been deasserted during a Virtex II
2271 FPGA configuration sequence. The default time is 500
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002272 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002273
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002274 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_BUSY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002275
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002276 Maximum time to wait for BUSY to deassert during
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002277 Virtex II FPGA configuration. The default is 5 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002278
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002279 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_CONFIG
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002280
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002281 Time to wait after FPGA configuration. The default is
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002282 200 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002283
2284- Configuration Management:
2285 CONFIG_IDENT_STRING
2286
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002287 If defined, this string will be added to the U-Boot
2288 version information (U_BOOT_VERSION)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002289
2290- Vendor Parameter Protection:
2291
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002292 U-Boot considers the values of the environment
2293 variables "serial#" (Board Serial Number) and
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002294 "ethaddr" (Ethernet Address) to be parameters that
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002295 are set once by the board vendor / manufacturer, and
2296 protects these variables from casual modification by
2297 the user. Once set, these variables are read-only,
2298 and write or delete attempts are rejected. You can
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002299 change this behaviour:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002300
2301 If CONFIG_ENV_OVERWRITE is #defined in your config
2302 file, the write protection for vendor parameters is
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00002303 completely disabled. Anybody can change or delete
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002304 these parameters.
2305
2306 Alternatively, if you #define _both_ CONFIG_ETHADDR
2307 _and_ CONFIG_OVERWRITE_ETHADDR_ONCE, a default
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002308 Ethernet address is installed in the environment,
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002309 which can be changed exactly ONCE by the user. [The
2310 serial# is unaffected by this, i. e. it remains
2311 read-only.]
2312
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06002313 The same can be accomplished in a more flexible way
2314 for any variable by configuring the type of access
2315 to allow for those variables in the ".flags" variable
2316 or define CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC.
2317
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002318- Protected RAM:
2319 CONFIG_PRAM
2320
2321 Define this variable to enable the reservation of
2322 "protected RAM", i. e. RAM which is not overwritten
2323 by U-Boot. Define CONFIG_PRAM to hold the number of
2324 kB you want to reserve for pRAM. You can overwrite
2325 this default value by defining an environment
2326 variable "pram" to the number of kB you want to
2327 reserve. Note that the board info structure will
2328 still show the full amount of RAM. If pRAM is
2329 reserved, a new environment variable "mem" will
2330 automatically be defined to hold the amount of
2331 remaining RAM in a form that can be passed as boot
2332 argument to Linux, for instance like that:
2333
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01002334 setenv bootargs ... mem=\${mem}
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002335 saveenv
2336
2337 This way you can tell Linux not to use this memory,
2338 either, which results in a memory region that will
2339 not be affected by reboots.
2340
2341 *WARNING* If your board configuration uses automatic
2342 detection of the RAM size, you must make sure that
2343 this memory test is non-destructive. So far, the
2344 following board configurations are known to be
2345 "pRAM-clean":
2346
Wolfgang Denk1b0757e2012-10-24 02:36:15 +00002347 IVMS8, IVML24, SPD8xx, TQM8xxL,
2348 HERMES, IP860, RPXlite, LWMON,
Wolfgang Denk544d97e2010-10-05 22:54:53 +02002349 FLAGADM, TQM8260
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002350
Gabe Black40fef042012-12-02 04:55:18 +00002351- Access to physical memory region (> 4GB)
2352 Some basic support is provided for operations on memory not
2353 normally accessible to U-Boot - e.g. some architectures
2354 support access to more than 4GB of memory on 32-bit
2355 machines using physical address extension or similar.
2356 Define CONFIG_PHYSMEM to access this basic support, which
2357 currently only supports clearing the memory.
2358
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002359- Error Recovery:
2360 CONFIG_PANIC_HANG
2361
2362 Define this variable to stop the system in case of a
2363 fatal error, so that you have to reset it manually.
2364 This is probably NOT a good idea for an embedded
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002365 system where you want the system to reboot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002366 automatically as fast as possible, but it may be
2367 useful during development since you can try to debug
2368 the conditions that lead to the situation.
2369
2370 CONFIG_NET_RETRY_COUNT
2371
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002372 This variable defines the number of retries for
2373 network operations like ARP, RARP, TFTP, or BOOTP
2374 before giving up the operation. If not defined, a
2375 default value of 5 is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002376
Guennadi Liakhovetski40cb90e2008-04-03 17:04:19 +02002377 CONFIG_ARP_TIMEOUT
2378
2379 Timeout waiting for an ARP reply in milliseconds.
2380
Tetsuyuki Kobayashi48a3e992012-07-03 22:25:21 +00002381 CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT
2382
2383 Timeout in milliseconds used in NFS protocol.
2384 If you encounter "ERROR: Cannot umount" in nfs command,
2385 try longer timeout such as
2386 #define CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT 10000UL
2387
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002388- Command Interpreter:
Wolfgang Denk8078f1a2006-10-28 02:28:02 +02002389 CONFIG_AUTO_COMPLETE
wdenk04a85b32004-04-15 18:22:41 +00002390
2391 Enable auto completion of commands using TAB.
2392
Wolfgang Denka9398e02006-11-27 15:32:42 +01002393 Note that this feature has NOT been implemented yet
2394 for the "hush" shell.
Wolfgang Denk8078f1a2006-10-28 02:28:02 +02002395
2396
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002397 CONFIG_SYS_HUSH_PARSER
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002398
2399 Define this variable to enable the "hush" shell (from
2400 Busybox) as command line interpreter, thus enabling
2401 powerful command line syntax like
2402 if...then...else...fi conditionals or `&&' and '||'
2403 constructs ("shell scripts").
2404
2405 If undefined, you get the old, much simpler behaviour
2406 with a somewhat smaller memory footprint.
2407
2408
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002409 CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT_HUSH_PS2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002410
2411 This defines the secondary prompt string, which is
2412 printed when the command interpreter needs more input
2413 to complete a command. Usually "> ".
2414
2415 Note:
2416
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002417 In the current implementation, the local variables
2418 space and global environment variables space are
2419 separated. Local variables are those you define by
2420 simply typing `name=value'. To access a local
2421 variable later on, you have write `$name' or
2422 `${name}'; to execute the contents of a variable
2423 directly type `$name' at the command prompt.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002424
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002425 Global environment variables are those you use
2426 setenv/printenv to work with. To run a command stored
2427 in such a variable, you need to use the run command,
2428 and you must not use the '$' sign to access them.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002429
2430 To store commands and special characters in a
2431 variable, please use double quotation marks
2432 surrounding the whole text of the variable, instead
2433 of the backslashes before semicolons and special
2434 symbols.
2435
Wolfgang Denkaa0c71a2006-07-21 11:35:21 +02002436- Commandline Editing and History:
2437 CONFIG_CMDLINE_EDITING
2438
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002439 Enable editing and History functions for interactive
Wolfgang Denkb9365a22006-07-21 11:56:05 +02002440 commandline input operations
Wolfgang Denkaa0c71a2006-07-21 11:35:21 +02002441
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002442- Default Environment:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002443 CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS
2444
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002445 Define this to contain any number of null terminated
2446 strings (variable = value pairs) that will be part of
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002447 the default environment compiled into the boot image.
wdenk2262cfe2002-11-18 00:14:45 +00002448
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002449 For example, place something like this in your
2450 board's config file:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002451
2452 #define CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS \
2453 "myvar1=value1\0" \
2454 "myvar2=value2\0"
2455
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002456 Warning: This method is based on knowledge about the
2457 internal format how the environment is stored by the
2458 U-Boot code. This is NOT an official, exported
2459 interface! Although it is unlikely that this format
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002460 will change soon, there is no guarantee either.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002461 You better know what you are doing here.
2462
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002463 Note: overly (ab)use of the default environment is
2464 discouraged. Make sure to check other ways to preset
Wolfgang Denk74de7ae2009-04-01 23:34:12 +02002465 the environment like the "source" command or the
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002466 boot command first.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002467
Stephen Warren5e724ca2012-05-22 09:21:54 +00002468 CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_CONFIG
2469
2470 Define this in order to add variables describing the
2471 U-Boot build configuration to the default environment.
2472 These will be named arch, cpu, board, vendor, and soc.
2473
2474 Enabling this option will cause the following to be defined:
2475
2476 - CONFIG_SYS_ARCH
2477 - CONFIG_SYS_CPU
2478 - CONFIG_SYS_BOARD
2479 - CONFIG_SYS_VENDOR
2480 - CONFIG_SYS_SOC
2481
Tom Rini7e27f892012-10-24 07:28:16 +00002482 CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_RUNTIME_CONFIG
2483
2484 Define this in order to add variables describing certain
2485 run-time determined information about the hardware to the
2486 environment. These will be named board_name, board_rev.
2487
Simon Glass06fd8532012-11-30 13:01:17 +00002488 CONFIG_DELAY_ENVIRONMENT
2489
2490 Normally the environment is loaded when the board is
2491 intialised so that it is available to U-Boot. This inhibits
2492 that so that the environment is not available until
2493 explicitly loaded later by U-Boot code. With CONFIG_OF_CONTROL
2494 this is instead controlled by the value of
2495 /config/load-environment.
2496
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002497- DataFlash Support:
wdenk2abbe072003-06-16 23:50:08 +00002498 CONFIG_HAS_DATAFLASH
2499
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002500 Defining this option enables DataFlash features and
2501 allows to read/write in Dataflash via the standard
2502 commands cp, md...
wdenk2abbe072003-06-16 23:50:08 +00002503
Eric Nelsonf61ec452012-01-31 10:52:08 -07002504- Serial Flash support
2505 CONFIG_CMD_SF
2506
2507 Defining this option enables SPI flash commands
2508 'sf probe/read/write/erase/update'.
2509
2510 Usage requires an initial 'probe' to define the serial
2511 flash parameters, followed by read/write/erase/update
2512 commands.
2513
2514 The following defaults may be provided by the platform
2515 to handle the common case when only a single serial
2516 flash is present on the system.
2517
2518 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_BUS Bus identifier
2519 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_CS Chip-select
2520 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_MODE (see include/spi.h)
2521 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_SPEED in Hz
2522
Simon Glass24007272012-10-08 13:16:02 +00002523 CONFIG_CMD_SF_TEST
2524
2525 Define this option to include a destructive SPI flash
2526 test ('sf test').
2527
Jagannadha Sutradharudu Teki1dcd6d02013-06-19 15:33:58 +05302528 CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_BAR Ban/Extended Addr Reg
2529
2530 Define this option to use the Bank addr/Extended addr
2531 support on SPI flashes which has size > 16Mbytes.
2532
wdenk3f85ce22004-02-23 16:11:30 +00002533- SystemACE Support:
2534 CONFIG_SYSTEMACE
2535
2536 Adding this option adds support for Xilinx SystemACE
2537 chips attached via some sort of local bus. The address
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002538 of the chip must also be defined in the
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002539 CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE macro. For example:
wdenk3f85ce22004-02-23 16:11:30 +00002540
2541 #define CONFIG_SYSTEMACE
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002542 #define CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE 0xf0000000
wdenk3f85ce22004-02-23 16:11:30 +00002543
2544 When SystemACE support is added, the "ace" device type
2545 becomes available to the fat commands, i.e. fatls.
2546
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002547- TFTP Fixed UDP Port:
2548 CONFIG_TFTP_PORT
2549
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002550 If this is defined, the environment variable tftpsrcp
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002551 is used to supply the TFTP UDP source port value.
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002552 If tftpsrcp isn't defined, the normal pseudo-random port
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002553 number generator is used.
2554
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002555 Also, the environment variable tftpdstp is used to supply
2556 the TFTP UDP destination port value. If tftpdstp isn't
2557 defined, the normal port 69 is used.
2558
2559 The purpose for tftpsrcp is to allow a TFTP server to
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002560 blindly start the TFTP transfer using the pre-configured
2561 target IP address and UDP port. This has the effect of
2562 "punching through" the (Windows XP) firewall, allowing
2563 the remainder of the TFTP transfer to proceed normally.
2564 A better solution is to properly configure the firewall,
2565 but sometimes that is not allowed.
2566
Simon Glassbf36c5d2012-12-05 14:46:38 +00002567- Hashing support:
2568 CONFIG_CMD_HASH
2569
2570 This enables a generic 'hash' command which can produce
2571 hashes / digests from a few algorithms (e.g. SHA1, SHA256).
2572
2573 CONFIG_HASH_VERIFY
2574
2575 Enable the hash verify command (hash -v). This adds to code
2576 size a little.
2577
2578 CONFIG_SHA1 - support SHA1 hashing
2579 CONFIG_SHA256 - support SHA256 hashing
2580
2581 Note: There is also a sha1sum command, which should perhaps
2582 be deprecated in favour of 'hash sha1'.
2583
Simon Glass19c402a2013-06-13 15:10:02 -07002584- Signing support:
2585 CONFIG_RSA
2586
2587 This enables the RSA algorithm used for FIT image verification
2588 in U-Boot. See doc/uImage/signature for more information.
2589
2590 The signing part is build into mkimage regardless of this
2591 option.
2592
2593
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002594- Show boot progress:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002595 CONFIG_SHOW_BOOT_PROGRESS
2596
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002597 Defining this option allows to add some board-
2598 specific code (calling a user-provided function
2599 "show_boot_progress(int)") that enables you to show
2600 the system's boot progress on some display (for
2601 example, some LED's) on your board. At the moment,
2602 the following checkpoints are implemented:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002603
Simon Glass3a608ca2012-02-13 13:51:19 +00002604- Detailed boot stage timing
2605 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE
2606 Define this option to get detailed timing of each stage
2607 of the boot process.
2608
2609 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_USER_COUNT
2610 This is the number of available user bootstage records.
2611 Each time you call bootstage_mark(BOOTSTAGE_ID_ALLOC, ...)
2612 a new ID will be allocated from this stash. If you exceed
2613 the limit, recording will stop.
2614
2615 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_REPORT
2616 Define this to print a report before boot, similar to this:
2617
2618 Timer summary in microseconds:
2619 Mark Elapsed Stage
2620 0 0 reset
2621 3,575,678 3,575,678 board_init_f start
2622 3,575,695 17 arch_cpu_init A9
2623 3,575,777 82 arch_cpu_init done
2624 3,659,598 83,821 board_init_r start
2625 3,910,375 250,777 main_loop
2626 29,916,167 26,005,792 bootm_start
2627 30,361,327 445,160 start_kernel
2628
Simon Glass2eba38c2012-09-28 08:56:39 +00002629 CONFIG_CMD_BOOTSTAGE
2630 Add a 'bootstage' command which supports printing a report
2631 and un/stashing of bootstage data.
2632
Simon Glass94fd1312012-09-28 08:56:37 +00002633 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_FDT
2634 Stash the bootstage information in the FDT. A root 'bootstage'
2635 node is created with each bootstage id as a child. Each child
2636 has a 'name' property and either 'mark' containing the
2637 mark time in microsecond, or 'accum' containing the
2638 accumulated time for that bootstage id in microseconds.
2639 For example:
2640
2641 bootstage {
2642 154 {
2643 name = "board_init_f";
2644 mark = <3575678>;
2645 };
2646 170 {
2647 name = "lcd";
2648 accum = <33482>;
2649 };
2650 };
2651
2652 Code in the Linux kernel can find this in /proc/devicetree.
2653
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002654Legacy uImage format:
2655
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002656 Arg Where When
2657 1 common/cmd_bootm.c before attempting to boot an image
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002658 -1 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad magic number
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002659 2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct magic number
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002660 -2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad checksum
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002661 3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct checksum
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002662 -3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has bad checksum
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002663 4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has correct checksum
2664 -4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image is for unsupported architecture
2665 5 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002666 -5 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong Image Type (not kernel, multi)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002667 6 common/cmd_bootm.c Image Type check OK
2668 -6 common/cmd_bootm.c gunzip uncompression error
2669 -7 common/cmd_bootm.c Unimplemented compression type
2670 7 common/cmd_bootm.c Uncompression OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002671 8 common/cmd_bootm.c No uncompress/copy overwrite error
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002672 -9 common/cmd_bootm.c Unsupported OS (not Linux, BSD, VxWorks, QNX)
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002673
2674 9 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification
2675 -10 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad magic number
2676 -11 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad checksum
2677 10 common/image.c Ramdisk header is OK
2678 -12 common/image.c Ramdisk data has bad checksum
2679 11 common/image.c Ramdisk data has correct checksum
2680 12 common/image.c Ramdisk verification complete, start loading
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002681 -13 common/image.c Wrong Image Type (not PPC Linux ramdisk)
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002682 13 common/image.c Start multifile image verification
2683 14 common/image.c No initial ramdisk, no multifile, continue.
2684
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002685 15 arch/<arch>/lib/bootm.c All preparation done, transferring control to OS
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002686
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02002687 -30 arch/powerpc/lib/board.c Fatal error, hang the system
wdenk11dadd52004-02-27 00:07:27 +00002688 -31 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_output_backlog()
2689 -32 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_run_single()
wdenk63e73c92004-02-23 22:22:28 +00002690
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002691 34 common/cmd_doc.c before loading a Image from a DOC device
2692 -35 common/cmd_doc.c Bad usage of "doc" command
2693 35 common/cmd_doc.c correct usage of "doc" command
2694 -36 common/cmd_doc.c No boot device
2695 36 common/cmd_doc.c correct boot device
2696 -37 common/cmd_doc.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device
2697 37 common/cmd_doc.c correct chip ID found, device available
2698 -38 common/cmd_doc.c Read Error on boot device
2699 38 common/cmd_doc.c reading Image header from DOC device OK
2700 -39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has bad magic number
2701 39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number
2702 -40 common/cmd_doc.c Error reading Image from DOC device
2703 40 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number
2704 41 common/cmd_ide.c before loading a Image from a IDE device
2705 -42 common/cmd_ide.c Bad usage of "ide" command
2706 42 common/cmd_ide.c correct usage of "ide" command
2707 -43 common/cmd_ide.c No boot device
2708 43 common/cmd_ide.c boot device found
2709 -44 common/cmd_ide.c Device not available
2710 44 common/cmd_ide.c Device available
2711 -45 common/cmd_ide.c wrong partition selected
2712 45 common/cmd_ide.c partition selected
2713 -46 common/cmd_ide.c Unknown partition table
2714 46 common/cmd_ide.c valid partition table found
2715 -47 common/cmd_ide.c Invalid partition type
2716 47 common/cmd_ide.c correct partition type
2717 -48 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image Header on boot device
2718 48 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image Header from IDE device OK
2719 -49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad magic number
2720 49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct magic number
2721 -50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad checksum
2722 50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct checksum
2723 -51 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image from IDE device
2724 51 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image from IDE device OK
2725 52 common/cmd_nand.c before loading a Image from a NAND device
2726 -53 common/cmd_nand.c Bad usage of "nand" command
2727 53 common/cmd_nand.c correct usage of "nand" command
2728 -54 common/cmd_nand.c No boot device
2729 54 common/cmd_nand.c boot device found
2730 -55 common/cmd_nand.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device
2731 55 common/cmd_nand.c correct chip ID found, device available
2732 -56 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image Header on boot device
2733 56 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image Header from NAND device OK
2734 -57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has bad magic number
2735 57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has correct magic number
2736 -58 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image from NAND device
2737 58 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image from NAND device OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002738
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002739 -60 common/env_common.c Environment has a bad CRC, using default
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002740
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002741 64 net/eth.c starting with Ethernet configuration.
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002742 -64 net/eth.c no Ethernet found.
2743 65 net/eth.c Ethernet found.
wdenk206c60c2003-09-18 10:02:25 +00002744
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002745 -80 common/cmd_net.c usage wrong
2746 80 common/cmd_net.c before calling NetLoop()
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002747 -81 common/cmd_net.c some error in NetLoop() occurred
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002748 81 common/cmd_net.c NetLoop() back without error
2749 -82 common/cmd_net.c size == 0 (File with size 0 loaded)
2750 82 common/cmd_net.c trying automatic boot
Wolfgang Denk74de7ae2009-04-01 23:34:12 +02002751 83 common/cmd_net.c running "source" command
2752 -83 common/cmd_net.c some error in automatic boot or "source" command
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002753 84 common/cmd_net.c end without errors
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002754
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002755FIT uImage format:
2756
2757 Arg Where When
2758 100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has correct format
2759 -100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has incorrect format
2760 101 common/cmd_bootm.c No Kernel subimage unit name, using configuration
2761 -101 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get configuration for kernel subimage
2762 102 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel unit name specified
2763 -103 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage node offset
Marian Balakowiczf773bea2008-03-12 10:35:46 +01002764 103 common/cmd_bootm.c Found configuration node
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002765 104 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage node offset
2766 -104 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification failed
2767 105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification OK
2768 -105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage is for unsupported architecture
2769 106 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002770 -106 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage has wrong type
2771 107 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage type OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002772 -107 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage data/size
2773 108 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage data/size
2774 -108 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong image type (not legacy, FIT)
2775 -109 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage type
2776 -110 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage comp
2777 -111 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage os
2778 -112 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage load address
2779 -113 common/cmd_bootm.c Image uncompress/copy overwrite error
2780
2781 120 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification
2782 -120 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has incorrect format
2783 121 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has correct format
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002784 122 common/image.c No ramdisk subimage unit name, using configuration
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002785 -122 common/image.c Can't get configuration for ramdisk subimage
2786 123 common/image.c Ramdisk unit name specified
2787 -124 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage node offset
2788 125 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage node offset
2789 -125 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification failed
2790 126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification OK
2791 -126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage for unsupported architecture
2792 127 common/image.c Architecture check OK
2793 -127 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage data/size
2794 128 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage data/size
2795 129 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk load address
2796 -129 common/image.c Got ramdisk load address
2797
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002798 -130 common/cmd_doc.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002799 131 common/cmd_doc.c FIT image format OK
2800
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002801 -140 common/cmd_ide.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002802 141 common/cmd_ide.c FIT image format OK
2803
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002804 -150 common/cmd_nand.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002805 151 common/cmd_nand.c FIT image format OK
2806
Gabe Blackd95f6ec2012-10-25 16:31:10 +00002807- FIT image support:
2808 CONFIG_FIT
2809 Enable support for the FIT uImage format.
2810
2811 CONFIG_FIT_BEST_MATCH
2812 When no configuration is explicitly selected, default to the
2813 one whose fdt's compatibility field best matches that of
2814 U-Boot itself. A match is considered "best" if it matches the
2815 most specific compatibility entry of U-Boot's fdt's root node.
2816 The order of entries in the configuration's fdt is ignored.
2817
Simon Glass3e569a62013-06-13 15:10:00 -07002818 CONFIG_FIT_SIGNATURE
2819 This option enables signature verification of FIT uImages,
2820 using a hash signed and verified using RSA. See
2821 doc/uImage.FIT/signature.txt for more details.
2822
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02002823- Standalone program support:
2824 CONFIG_STANDALONE_LOAD_ADDR
2825
Wolfgang Denk6feff892011-10-09 21:06:34 +02002826 This option defines a board specific value for the
2827 address where standalone program gets loaded, thus
2828 overwriting the architecture dependent default
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02002829 settings.
2830
2831- Frame Buffer Address:
2832 CONFIG_FB_ADDR
2833
2834 Define CONFIG_FB_ADDR if you want to use specific
Wolfgang Denk44a53b52013-01-03 00:43:59 +00002835 address for frame buffer. This is typically the case
2836 when using a graphics controller has separate video
2837 memory. U-Boot will then place the frame buffer at
2838 the given address instead of dynamically reserving it
2839 in system RAM by calling lcd_setmem(), which grabs
2840 the memory for the frame buffer depending on the
2841 configured panel size.
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02002842
2843 Please see board_init_f function.
2844
Detlev Zundelcccfc2a2009-12-01 17:16:19 +01002845- Automatic software updates via TFTP server
2846 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP
2847 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_CNT_MAX
2848 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_MSEC_MAX
2849
2850 These options enable and control the auto-update feature;
2851 for a more detailed description refer to doc/README.update.
2852
2853- MTD Support (mtdparts command, UBI support)
2854 CONFIG_MTD_DEVICE
2855
2856 Adds the MTD device infrastructure from the Linux kernel.
2857 Needed for mtdparts command support.
2858
2859 CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS
2860
2861 Adds the MTD partitioning infrastructure from the Linux
2862 kernel. Needed for UBI support.
2863
Joe Hershberger70c219c2013-04-08 10:32:48 +00002864- UBI support
2865 CONFIG_CMD_UBI
2866
2867 Adds commands for interacting with MTD partitions formatted
2868 with the UBI flash translation layer
2869
2870 Requires also defining CONFIG_RBTREE
2871
Joe Hershberger147162d2013-04-08 10:32:49 +00002872 CONFIG_UBI_SILENCE_MSG
2873
2874 Make the verbose messages from UBI stop printing. This leaves
2875 warnings and errors enabled.
2876
Joe Hershberger70c219c2013-04-08 10:32:48 +00002877- UBIFS support
2878 CONFIG_CMD_UBIFS
2879
2880 Adds commands for interacting with UBI volumes formatted as
2881 UBIFS. UBIFS is read-only in u-boot.
2882
2883 Requires UBI support as well as CONFIG_LZO
2884
Joe Hershberger147162d2013-04-08 10:32:49 +00002885 CONFIG_UBIFS_SILENCE_MSG
2886
2887 Make the verbose messages from UBIFS stop printing. This leaves
2888 warnings and errors enabled.
2889
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002890- SPL framework
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002891 CONFIG_SPL
2892 Enable building of SPL globally.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002893
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002894 CONFIG_SPL_LDSCRIPT
2895 LDSCRIPT for linking the SPL binary.
2896
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00002897 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT
2898 Maximum size in memory allocated to the SPL, BSS included.
2899 When defined, the linker checks that the actual memory
2900 used by SPL from _start to __bss_end does not exceed it.
Albert ARIBAUD8960af82013-04-14 04:48:38 +00002901 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT and CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00002902 must not be both defined at the same time.
2903
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002904 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00002905 Maximum size of the SPL image (text, data, rodata, and
2906 linker lists sections), BSS excluded.
2907 When defined, the linker checks that the actual size does
2908 not exceed it.
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002909
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002910 CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE
2911 TEXT_BASE for linking the SPL binary.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002912
Scott Wood94a45bb2012-09-20 19:05:12 -05002913 CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_TEXT_BASE
2914 Address to relocate to. If unspecified, this is equal to
2915 CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE (i.e. no relocation is done).
2916
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002917 CONFIG_SPL_BSS_START_ADDR
2918 Link address for the BSS within the SPL binary.
2919
2920 CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00002921 Maximum size in memory allocated to the SPL BSS.
2922 When defined, the linker checks that the actual memory used
2923 by SPL from __bss_start to __bss_end does not exceed it.
Albert ARIBAUD8960af82013-04-14 04:48:38 +00002924 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT and CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00002925 must not be both defined at the same time.
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002926
2927 CONFIG_SPL_STACK
2928 Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use
2929
Scott Wood94a45bb2012-09-20 19:05:12 -05002930 CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_STACK
2931 Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use after
2932 relocation. If unspecified, this is equal to
2933 CONFIG_SPL_STACK.
2934
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002935 CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_START
2936 Starting address of the malloc pool used in SPL.
2937
2938 CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_SIZE
2939 The size of the malloc pool used in SPL.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002940
Tom Rini47f7bca2012-08-13 12:03:19 -07002941 CONFIG_SPL_FRAMEWORK
2942 Enable the SPL framework under common/. This framework
2943 supports MMC, NAND and YMODEM loading of U-Boot and NAND
2944 NAND loading of the Linux Kernel.
2945
Tom Rini861a86f2012-08-13 11:37:56 -07002946 CONFIG_SPL_DISPLAY_PRINT
2947 For ARM, enable an optional function to print more information
2948 about the running system.
2949
Scott Wood4b919722012-09-20 16:35:21 -05002950 CONFIG_SPL_INIT_MINIMAL
2951 Arch init code should be built for a very small image
2952
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002953 CONFIG_SPL_LIBCOMMON_SUPPORT
2954 Support for common/libcommon.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002955
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002956 CONFIG_SPL_LIBDISK_SUPPORT
2957 Support for disk/libdisk.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002958
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002959 CONFIG_SPL_I2C_SUPPORT
2960 Support for drivers/i2c/libi2c.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002961
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002962 CONFIG_SPL_GPIO_SUPPORT
2963 Support for drivers/gpio/libgpio.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002964
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002965 CONFIG_SPL_MMC_SUPPORT
2966 Support for drivers/mmc/libmmc.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002967
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002968 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_U_BOOT_SECTOR,
2969 CONFIG_SYS_U_BOOT_MAX_SIZE_SECTORS,
2970 CONFIG_SYS_MMC_SD_FAT_BOOT_PARTITION
2971 Address, size and partition on the MMC to load U-Boot from
2972 when the MMC is being used in raw mode.
2973
Peter Korsgaard2b75b0a2013-05-13 08:36:29 +00002974 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_KERNEL_SECTOR
2975 Sector to load kernel uImage from when MMC is being
2976 used in raw mode (for Falcon mode)
2977
2978 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_ARGS_SECTOR,
2979 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_ARGS_SECTORS
2980 Sector and number of sectors to load kernel argument
2981 parameters from when MMC is being used in raw mode
2982 (for falcon mode)
2983
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002984 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_SUPPORT
2985 Support for fs/fat/libfat.o in SPL binary
2986
2987 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_LOAD_PAYLOAD_NAME
2988 Filename to read to load U-Boot when reading from FAT
2989
Peter Korsgaard7ad2cc72013-05-13 08:36:27 +00002990 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_LOAD_KERNEL_NAME
2991 Filename to read to load kernel uImage when reading
2992 from FAT (for Falcon mode)
2993
2994 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_LOAD_ARGS_NAME
2995 Filename to read to load kernel argument parameters
2996 when reading from FAT (for Falcon mode)
2997
Scott Wood06f60ae2012-12-06 13:33:17 +00002998 CONFIG_SPL_MPC83XX_WAIT_FOR_NAND
2999 Set this for NAND SPL on PPC mpc83xx targets, so that
3000 start.S waits for the rest of the SPL to load before
3001 continuing (the hardware starts execution after just
3002 loading the first page rather than the full 4K).
3003
Scott Wood6f2f01b2012-09-20 19:09:07 -05003004 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_BASE
3005 Include nand_base.c in the SPL. Requires
3006 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS.
3007
3008 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS
3009 SPL uses normal NAND drivers, not minimal drivers.
3010
3011 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_ECC
3012 Include standard software ECC in the SPL
3013
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003014 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_SIMPLE
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003015 Support for NAND boot using simple NAND drivers that
3016 expose the cmd_ctrl() interface.
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003017
3018 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_5_ADDR_CYCLE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_COUNT,
3019 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_OOBSIZE,
3020 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BLOCK_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BAD_BLOCK_POS,
3021 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCPOS, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCSIZE,
3022 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCBYTES
3023 Defines the size and behavior of the NAND that SPL uses
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003024 to read U-Boot
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003025
3026 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_OFFS
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003027 Location in NAND to read U-Boot from
3028
3029 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_DST
3030 Location in memory to load U-Boot to
3031
3032 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_SIZE
3033 Size of image to load
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003034
3035 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_START
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003036 Entry point in loaded image to jump to
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003037
3038 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_HW_ECC_OOBFIRST
3039 Define this if you need to first read the OOB and then the
3040 data. This is used for example on davinci plattforms.
3041
3042 CONFIG_SPL_OMAP3_ID_NAND
3043 Support for an OMAP3-specific set of functions to return the
3044 ID and MFR of the first attached NAND chip, if present.
3045
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003046 CONFIG_SPL_SERIAL_SUPPORT
3047 Support for drivers/serial/libserial.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003048
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003049 CONFIG_SPL_SPI_FLASH_SUPPORT
3050 Support for drivers/mtd/spi/libspi_flash.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003051
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003052 CONFIG_SPL_SPI_SUPPORT
3053 Support for drivers/spi/libspi.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003054
Pavel Machekc57b9532012-08-30 22:42:11 +02003055 CONFIG_SPL_RAM_DEVICE
3056 Support for running image already present in ram, in SPL binary
3057
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003058 CONFIG_SPL_LIBGENERIC_SUPPORT
3059 Support for lib/libgeneric.o in SPL binary
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003060
Ying Zhangba1bee42013-05-20 14:07:25 +08003061 CONFIG_SPL_ENV_SUPPORT
3062 Support for the environment operating in SPL binary
3063
3064 CONFIG_SPL_NET_SUPPORT
3065 Support for the net/libnet.o in SPL binary.
3066 It conflicts with SPL env from storage medium specified by
3067 CONFIG_ENV_IS_xxx but CONFIG_ENV_IS_NOWHERE
3068
Scott Wood74752ba2012-12-06 13:33:16 +00003069 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO
Benoît Thébaudeau6113d3f2013-04-11 09:35:49 +00003070 Image offset to which the SPL should be padded before appending
3071 the SPL payload. By default, this is defined as
3072 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE, or 0 if CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE is undefined.
3073 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO must be either 0, meaning to append the SPL
3074 payload without any padding, or >= CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE.
Scott Wood74752ba2012-12-06 13:33:16 +00003075
Scott Woodca2fca22012-09-21 16:27:32 -05003076 CONFIG_SPL_TARGET
3077 Final target image containing SPL and payload. Some SPLs
3078 use an arch-specific makefile fragment instead, for
3079 example if more than one image needs to be produced.
3080
Simon Glass87ebee32013-05-08 08:05:59 +00003081 CONFIG_FIT_SPL_PRINT
3082 Printing information about a FIT image adds quite a bit of
3083 code to SPL. So this is normally disabled in SPL. Use this
3084 option to re-enable it. This will affect the output of the
3085 bootm command when booting a FIT image.
3086
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003087Modem Support:
3088--------------
3089
Wolfgang Denk566e5cf2011-05-01 20:44:23 +02003090[so far only for SMDK2400 boards]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003091
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003092- Modem support enable:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003093 CONFIG_MODEM_SUPPORT
3094
3095- RTS/CTS Flow control enable:
3096 CONFIG_HWFLOW
3097
3098- Modem debug support:
3099 CONFIG_MODEM_SUPPORT_DEBUG
3100
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003101 Enables debugging stuff (char screen[1024], dbg())
3102 for modem support. Useful only with BDI2000.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003103
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00003104- Interrupt support (PPC):
3105
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003106 There are common interrupt_init() and timer_interrupt()
3107 for all PPC archs. interrupt_init() calls interrupt_init_cpu()
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003108 for CPU specific initialization. interrupt_init_cpu()
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003109 should set decrementer_count to appropriate value. If
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003110 CPU resets decrementer automatically after interrupt
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003111 (ppc4xx) it should set decrementer_count to zero.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003112 timer_interrupt() calls timer_interrupt_cpu() for CPU
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003113 specific handling. If board has watchdog / status_led
3114 / other_activity_monitor it works automatically from
3115 general timer_interrupt().
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00003116
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003117- General:
3118
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003119 In the target system modem support is enabled when a
3120 specific key (key combination) is pressed during
3121 power-on. Otherwise U-Boot will boot normally
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003122 (autoboot). The key_pressed() function is called from
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003123 board_init(). Currently key_pressed() is a dummy
3124 function, returning 1 and thus enabling modem
3125 initialization.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003126
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003127 If there are no modem init strings in the
3128 environment, U-Boot proceed to autoboot; the
3129 previous output (banner, info printfs) will be
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003130 suppressed, though.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003131
3132 See also: doc/README.Modem
3133
Helmut Raiger9660e442011-10-20 04:19:47 +00003134Board initialization settings:
3135------------------------------
3136
3137During Initialization u-boot calls a number of board specific functions
3138to allow the preparation of board specific prerequisites, e.g. pin setup
3139before drivers are initialized. To enable these callbacks the
3140following configuration macros have to be defined. Currently this is
3141architecture specific, so please check arch/your_architecture/lib/board.c
3142typically in board_init_f() and board_init_r().
3143
3144- CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_F: Call board_early_init_f()
3145- CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_R: Call board_early_init_r()
3146- CONFIG_BOARD_LATE_INIT: Call board_late_init()
3147- CONFIG_BOARD_POSTCLK_INIT: Call board_postclk_init()
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003148
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003149Configuration Settings:
3150-----------------------
3151
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003152- CONFIG_SYS_LONGHELP: Defined when you want long help messages included;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003153 undefine this when you're short of memory.
3154
Peter Tyser2fb26042009-01-27 18:03:12 -06003155- CONFIG_SYS_HELP_CMD_WIDTH: Defined when you want to override the default
3156 width of the commands listed in the 'help' command output.
3157
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003158- CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT: This is what U-Boot prints on the console to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003159 prompt for user input.
3160
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003161- CONFIG_SYS_CBSIZE: Buffer size for input from the Console
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003162
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003163- CONFIG_SYS_PBSIZE: Buffer size for Console output
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003164
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003165- CONFIG_SYS_MAXARGS: max. Number of arguments accepted for monitor commands
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003166
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003167- CONFIG_SYS_BARGSIZE: Buffer size for Boot Arguments which are passed to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003168 the application (usually a Linux kernel) when it is
3169 booted
3170
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003171- CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003172 List of legal baudrate settings for this board.
3173
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003174- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_INFO_QUIET
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003175 Suppress display of console information at boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003176
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003177- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003178 If the board specific function
3179 extern int overwrite_console (void);
3180 returns 1, the stdin, stderr and stdout are switched to the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003181 serial port, else the settings in the environment are used.
3182
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003183- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_OVERWRITE_ROUTINE
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003184 Enable the call to overwrite_console().
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003185
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003186- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_ENV_OVERWRITE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003187 Enable overwrite of previous console environment settings.
3188
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003189- CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_START, CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_END:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003190 Begin and End addresses of the area used by the
3191 simple memory test.
3192
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003193- CONFIG_SYS_ALT_MEMTEST:
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003194 Enable an alternate, more extensive memory test.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003195
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003196- CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_SCRATCH:
wdenk5f535fe2003-09-18 09:21:33 +00003197 Scratch address used by the alternate memory test
3198 You only need to set this if address zero isn't writeable
3199
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003200- CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE (PPC only):
3201 If CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE is defined in the board config header,
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003202 this specified memory area will get subtracted from the top
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003203 (end) of RAM and won't get "touched" at all by U-Boot. By
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003204 fixing up gd->ram_size the Linux kernel should gets passed
3205 the now "corrected" memory size and won't touch it either.
3206 This should work for arch/ppc and arch/powerpc. Only Linux
Stefan Roese5e12e752008-03-28 11:02:53 +01003207 board ports in arch/powerpc with bootwrapper support that
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003208 recalculate the memory size from the SDRAM controller setup
Stefan Roese5e12e752008-03-28 11:02:53 +01003209 will have to get fixed in Linux additionally.
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003210
3211 This option can be used as a workaround for the 440EPx/GRx
3212 CHIP 11 errata where the last 256 bytes in SDRAM shouldn't
3213 be touched.
3214
3215 WARNING: Please make sure that this value is a multiple of
3216 the Linux page size (normally 4k). If this is not the case,
3217 then the end address of the Linux memory will be located at a
3218 non page size aligned address and this could cause major
3219 problems.
3220
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003221- CONFIG_SYS_LOADS_BAUD_CHANGE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003222 Enable temporary baudrate change while serial download
3223
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003224- CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003225 Physical start address of SDRAM. _Must_ be 0 here.
3226
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003227- CONFIG_SYS_MBIO_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003228 Physical start address of Motherboard I/O (if using a
3229 Cogent motherboard)
3230
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003231- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003232 Physical start address of Flash memory.
3233
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003234- CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003235 Physical start address of boot monitor code (set by
3236 make config files to be same as the text base address
Wolfgang Denk14d0a022010-10-07 21:51:12 +02003237 (CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE) used when linking) - same as
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003238 CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE when booting from flash.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003239
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003240- CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_LEN:
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003241 Size of memory reserved for monitor code, used to
3242 determine _at_compile_time_ (!) if the environment is
3243 embedded within the U-Boot image, or in a separate
3244 flash sector.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003245
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003246- CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003247 Size of DRAM reserved for malloc() use.
3248
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003249- CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN:
Stefan Roese15940c92006-03-13 11:16:36 +01003250 Normally compressed uImages are limited to an
3251 uncompressed size of 8 MBytes. If this is not enough,
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003252 you can define CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN in your board config file
Stefan Roese15940c92006-03-13 11:16:36 +01003253 to adjust this setting to your needs.
3254
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003255- CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003256 Maximum size of memory mapped by the startup code of
3257 the Linux kernel; all data that must be processed by
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02003258 the Linux kernel (bd_info, boot arguments, FDT blob if
3259 used) must be put below this limit, unless "bootm_low"
3260 enviroment variable is defined and non-zero. In such case
3261 all data for the Linux kernel must be between "bootm_low"
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003262 and "bootm_low" + CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. The environment
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00003263 variable "bootm_mapsize" will override the value of
3264 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. If CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is undefined,
3265 then the value in "bootm_size" will be used instead.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003266
John Rigbyfca43cc2010-10-13 13:57:35 -06003267- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_RAMDISK_HIGH:
3268 Enable initrd_high functionality. If defined then the
3269 initrd_high feature is enabled and the bootm ramdisk subcommand
3270 is enabled.
3271
3272- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_CMDLINE:
3273 Enables allocating and saving kernel cmdline in space between
3274 "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ.
3275
3276- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_KBD:
3277 Enables allocating and saving a kernel copy of the bd_info in
3278 space between "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ.
3279
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003280- CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_BANKS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003281 Max number of Flash memory banks
3282
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003283- CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_SECT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003284 Max number of sectors on a Flash chip
3285
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003286- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_ERASE_TOUT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003287 Timeout for Flash erase operations (in ms)
3288
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003289- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_WRITE_TOUT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003290 Timeout for Flash write operations (in ms)
3291
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003292- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_LOCK_TOUT
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00003293 Timeout for Flash set sector lock bit operation (in ms)
3294
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003295- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_UNLOCK_TOUT
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00003296 Timeout for Flash clear lock bits operation (in ms)
3297
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003298- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_PROTECTION
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00003299 If defined, hardware flash sectors protection is used
3300 instead of U-Boot software protection.
3301
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003302- CONFIG_SYS_DIRECT_FLASH_TFTP:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003303
3304 Enable TFTP transfers directly to flash memory;
3305 without this option such a download has to be
3306 performed in two steps: (1) download to RAM, and (2)
3307 copy from RAM to flash.
3308
3309 The two-step approach is usually more reliable, since
3310 you can check if the download worked before you erase
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003311 the flash, but in some situations (when system RAM is
3312 too limited to allow for a temporary copy of the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003313 downloaded image) this option may be very useful.
3314
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003315- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_CFI:
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003316 Define if the flash driver uses extra elements in the
wdenk5653fc32004-02-08 22:55:38 +00003317 common flash structure for storing flash geometry.
3318
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD00b18832008-08-13 01:40:42 +02003319- CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_DRIVER
wdenk5653fc32004-02-08 22:55:38 +00003320 This option also enables the building of the cfi_flash driver
3321 in the drivers directory
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003322
Piotr Ziecik91809ed2008-11-17 15:57:58 +01003323- CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_MTD
3324 This option enables the building of the cfi_mtd driver
3325 in the drivers directory. The driver exports CFI flash
3326 to the MTD layer.
3327
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003328- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_USE_BUFFER_WRITE
Guennadi Liakhovetski96ef8312008-04-03 13:36:02 +02003329 Use buffered writes to flash.
3330
3331- CONFIG_FLASH_SPANSION_S29WS_N
3332 s29ws-n MirrorBit flash has non-standard addresses for buffered
3333 write commands.
3334
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003335- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_QUIET_TEST
Stefan Roese5568e612005-11-22 13:20:42 +01003336 If this option is defined, the common CFI flash doesn't
3337 print it's warning upon not recognized FLASH banks. This
3338 is useful, if some of the configured banks are only
3339 optionally available.
3340
Jerry Van Baren9a042e92008-03-08 13:48:01 -05003341- CONFIG_FLASH_SHOW_PROGRESS
3342 If defined (must be an integer), print out countdown
3343 digits and dots. Recommended value: 45 (9..1) for 80
3344 column displays, 15 (3..1) for 40 column displays.
3345
Stefan Roese352ef3f2013-04-04 15:53:14 +02003346- CONFIG_FLASH_VERIFY
3347 If defined, the content of the flash (destination) is compared
3348 against the source after the write operation. An error message
3349 will be printed when the contents are not identical.
3350 Please note that this option is useless in nearly all cases,
3351 since such flash programming errors usually are detected earlier
3352 while unprotecting/erasing/programming. Please only enable
3353 this option if you really know what you are doing.
3354
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003355- CONFIG_SYS_RX_ETH_BUFFER:
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003356 Defines the number of Ethernet receive buffers. On some
3357 Ethernet controllers it is recommended to set this value
stroese53cf9432003-06-05 15:39:44 +00003358 to 8 or even higher (EEPRO100 or 405 EMAC), since all
3359 buffers can be full shortly after enabling the interface
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003360 on high Ethernet traffic.
stroese53cf9432003-06-05 15:39:44 +00003361 Defaults to 4 if not defined.
3362
Wolfgang Denkea882ba2010-06-20 23:33:59 +02003363- CONFIG_ENV_MAX_ENTRIES
3364
Wolfgang Denk071bc922010-10-27 22:48:30 +02003365 Maximum number of entries in the hash table that is used
3366 internally to store the environment settings. The default
3367 setting is supposed to be generous and should work in most
3368 cases. This setting can be used to tune behaviour; see
3369 lib/hashtable.c for details.
Wolfgang Denkea882ba2010-06-20 23:33:59 +02003370
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06003371- CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_DEFAULT
3372- CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC
3373 Enable validation of the values given to enviroment variables when
3374 calling env set. Variables can be restricted to only decimal,
3375 hexadecimal, or boolean. If CONFIG_CMD_NET is also defined,
3376 the variables can also be restricted to IP address or MAC address.
3377
3378 The format of the list is:
3379 type_attribute = [s|d|x|b|i|m]
Joe Hershberger267541f2012-12-11 22:16:34 -06003380 access_atribute = [a|r|o|c]
3381 attributes = type_attribute[access_atribute]
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06003382 entry = variable_name[:attributes]
3383 list = entry[,list]
3384
3385 The type attributes are:
3386 s - String (default)
3387 d - Decimal
3388 x - Hexadecimal
3389 b - Boolean ([1yYtT|0nNfF])
3390 i - IP address
3391 m - MAC address
3392
Joe Hershberger267541f2012-12-11 22:16:34 -06003393 The access attributes are:
3394 a - Any (default)
3395 r - Read-only
3396 o - Write-once
3397 c - Change-default
3398
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06003399 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_DEFAULT
3400 Define this to a list (string) to define the ".flags"
3401 envirnoment variable in the default or embedded environment.
3402
3403 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC
3404 Define this to a list (string) to define validation that
3405 should be done if an entry is not found in the ".flags"
3406 environment variable. To override a setting in the static
3407 list, simply add an entry for the same variable name to the
3408 ".flags" variable.
3409
Joe Hershberger267541f2012-12-11 22:16:34 -06003410- CONFIG_ENV_ACCESS_IGNORE_FORCE
3411 If defined, don't allow the -f switch to env set override variable
3412 access flags.
3413
Simon Glass5c1a7ea2013-03-08 13:45:27 +00003414- CONFIG_SYS_GENERIC_BOARD
3415 This selects the architecture-generic board system instead of the
3416 architecture-specific board files. It is intended to move boards
3417 to this new framework over time. Defining this will disable the
3418 arch/foo/lib/board.c file and use common/board_f.c and
3419 common/board_r.c instead. To use this option your architecture
3420 must support it (i.e. must define __HAVE_ARCH_GENERIC_BOARD in
3421 its config.mk file). If you find problems enabling this option on
3422 your board please report the problem and send patches!
3423
Simon Glass632efa72013-03-11 07:06:48 +00003424- CONFIG_SYS_SYM_OFFSETS
3425 This is set by architectures that use offsets for link symbols
3426 instead of absolute values. So bss_start is obtained using an
3427 offset _bss_start_ofs from CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE, rather than
3428 directly. You should not need to touch this setting.
3429
Lokesh Vutla0b1b60c2013-04-17 20:49:40 +00003430- CONFIG_OMAP_PLATFORM_RESET_TIME_MAX_USEC (OMAP only)
3431 This is set by OMAP boards for the max time that reset should
3432 be asserted. See doc/README.omap-reset-time for details on how
3433 the value can be calulated on a given board.
Simon Glass632efa72013-03-11 07:06:48 +00003434
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003435The following definitions that deal with the placement and management
3436of environment data (variable area); in general, we support the
3437following configurations:
3438
Mike Frysingerc3eb3fe2011-07-08 10:44:25 +00003439- CONFIG_BUILD_ENVCRC:
3440
3441 Builds up envcrc with the target environment so that external utils
3442 may easily extract it and embed it in final U-Boot images.
3443
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD5a1aceb2008-09-10 22:48:04 +02003444- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003445
3446 Define this if the environment is in flash memory.
3447
3448 a) The environment occupies one whole flash sector, which is
3449 "embedded" in the text segment with the U-Boot code. This
3450 happens usually with "bottom boot sector" or "top boot
3451 sector" type flash chips, which have several smaller
3452 sectors at the start or the end. For instance, such a
3453 layout can have sector sizes of 8, 2x4, 16, Nx32 kB. In
3454 such a case you would place the environment in one of the
3455 4 kB sectors - with U-Boot code before and after it. With
3456 "top boot sector" type flash chips, you would put the
3457 environment in one of the last sectors, leaving a gap
3458 between U-Boot and the environment.
3459
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003460 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003461
3462 Offset of environment data (variable area) to the
3463 beginning of flash memory; for instance, with bottom boot
3464 type flash chips the second sector can be used: the offset
3465 for this sector is given here.
3466
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003467 CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET is used relative to CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003468
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003469 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003470
3471 This is just another way to specify the start address of
3472 the flash sector containing the environment (instead of
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003473 CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003474
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003475 - CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003476
3477 Size of the sector containing the environment.
3478
3479
3480 b) Sometimes flash chips have few, equal sized, BIG sectors.
3481 In such a case you don't want to spend a whole sector for
3482 the environment.
3483
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003484 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003485
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD5a1aceb2008-09-10 22:48:04 +02003486 If you use this in combination with CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003487 and CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE, you can specify to use only a part
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003488 of this flash sector for the environment. This saves
3489 memory for the RAM copy of the environment.
3490
3491 It may also save flash memory if you decide to use this
3492 when your environment is "embedded" within U-Boot code,
3493 since then the remainder of the flash sector could be used
3494 for U-Boot code. It should be pointed out that this is
3495 STRONGLY DISCOURAGED from a robustness point of view:
3496 updating the environment in flash makes it always
3497 necessary to erase the WHOLE sector. If something goes
3498 wrong before the contents has been restored from a copy in
3499 RAM, your target system will be dead.
3500
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003501 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR_REDUND
3502 CONFIG_ENV_SIZE_REDUND
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003503
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003504 These settings describe a second storage area used to hold
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003505 a redundant copy of the environment data, so that there is
wdenk3e386912003-04-05 00:53:31 +00003506 a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure during
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003507 a "saveenv" operation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003508
3509BE CAREFUL! Any changes to the flash layout, and some changes to the
3510source code will make it necessary to adapt <board>/u-boot.lds*
3511accordingly!
3512
3513
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD9314cee2008-09-10 22:47:59 +02003514- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NVRAM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003515
3516 Define this if you have some non-volatile memory device
3517 (NVRAM, battery buffered SRAM) which you want to use for the
3518 environment.
3519
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003520 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
3521 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003522
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003523 These two #defines are used to determine the memory area you
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003524 want to use for environment. It is assumed that this memory
3525 can just be read and written to, without any special
3526 provision.
3527
3528BE CAREFUL! The first access to the environment happens quite early
3529in U-Boot initalization (when we try to get the setting of for the
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003530console baudrate). You *MUST* have mapped your NVRAM area then, or
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003531U-Boot will hang.
3532
3533Please note that even with NVRAM we still use a copy of the
3534environment in RAM: we could work on NVRAM directly, but we want to
3535keep settings there always unmodified except somebody uses "saveenv"
3536to save the current settings.
3537
3538
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDbb1f8b42008-09-05 09:19:30 +02003539- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_EEPROM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003540
3541 Use this if you have an EEPROM or similar serial access
3542 device and a driver for it.
3543
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003544 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
3545 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003546
3547 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the
3548 environment area within the total memory of your EEPROM.
3549
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003550 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003551 If defined, specified the chip address of the EEPROM device.
3552 The default address is zero.
3553
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003554 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_BITS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003555 If defined, the number of bits used to address bytes in a
3556 single page in the EEPROM device. A 64 byte page, for example
3557 would require six bits.
3558
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003559 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_DELAY_MS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003560 If defined, the number of milliseconds to delay between
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00003561 page writes. The default is zero milliseconds.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003562
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003563 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_LEN:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003564 The length in bytes of the EEPROM memory array address. Note
3565 that this is NOT the chip address length!
3566
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003567 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_OVERFLOW:
wdenk5cf91d62004-04-23 20:32:05 +00003568 EEPROM chips that implement "address overflow" are ones
3569 like Catalyst 24WC04/08/16 which has 9/10/11 bits of
3570 address and the extra bits end up in the "chip address" bit
3571 slots. This makes a 24WC08 (1Kbyte) chip look like four 256
3572 byte chips.
3573
3574 Note that we consider the length of the address field to
3575 still be one byte because the extra address bits are hidden
3576 in the chip address.
3577
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003578 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003579 The size in bytes of the EEPROM device.
3580
Heiko Schocher548738b2010-01-07 08:55:40 +01003581 - CONFIG_ENV_EEPROM_IS_ON_I2C
3582 define this, if you have I2C and SPI activated, and your
3583 EEPROM, which holds the environment, is on the I2C bus.
3584
3585 - CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS
3586 if you have an Environment on an EEPROM reached over
3587 I2C muxes, you can define here, how to reach this
3588 EEPROM. For example:
3589
Wolfgang Denka9046b92010-06-13 17:48:15 +02003590 #define CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS "pca9547:70:d\0"
Heiko Schocher548738b2010-01-07 08:55:40 +01003591
3592 EEPROM which holds the environment, is reached over
3593 a pca9547 i2c mux with address 0x70, channel 3.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003594
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD057c8492008-09-10 22:47:58 +02003595- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_DATAFLASH:
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00003596
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003597 Define this if you have a DataFlash memory device which you
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00003598 want to use for the environment.
3599
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003600 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
3601 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
3602 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00003603
3604 These three #defines specify the offset and size of the
3605 environment area within the total memory of your DataFlash placed
3606 at the specified address.
3607
Liu Gang0a85a9e2012-03-08 00:33:20 +00003608- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_REMOTE:
3609
3610 Define this if you have a remote memory space which you
3611 want to use for the local device's environment.
3612
3613 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
3614 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
3615
3616 These two #defines specify the address and size of the
3617 environment area within the remote memory space. The
3618 local device can get the environment from remote memory
Liu Gangfc54c7f2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00003619 space by SRIO or PCIE links.
Liu Gang0a85a9e2012-03-08 00:33:20 +00003620
3621BE CAREFUL! For some special cases, the local device can not use
3622"saveenv" command. For example, the local device will get the
Liu Gangfc54c7f2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00003623environment stored in a remote NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE link,
3624but it can not erase, write this NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE interface.
Liu Gang0a85a9e2012-03-08 00:33:20 +00003625
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD51bfee12008-09-10 22:47:58 +02003626- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NAND:
wdenk13a56952004-06-09 14:58:14 +00003627
3628 Define this if you have a NAND device which you want to use
3629 for the environment.
3630
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003631 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
3632 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenk13a56952004-06-09 14:58:14 +00003633
3634 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the environment
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003635 area within the first NAND device. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET must be
3636 aligned to an erase block boundary.
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00003637
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003638 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional):
Markus Klotzbuechere443c942006-03-20 18:02:44 +01003639
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003640 This setting describes a second storage area of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003641 size used to hold a redundant copy of the environment data, so
3642 that there is a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003643 during a "saveenv" operation. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_RENDUND must be
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003644 aligned to an erase block boundary.
Markus Klotzbuechere443c942006-03-20 18:02:44 +01003645
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003646 - CONFIG_ENV_RANGE (optional):
3647
3648 Specifies the length of the region in which the environment
3649 can be written. This should be a multiple of the NAND device's
3650 block size. Specifying a range with more erase blocks than
3651 are needed to hold CONFIG_ENV_SIZE allows bad blocks within
3652 the range to be avoided.
3653
3654 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB (optional):
3655
3656 Enables support for dynamically retrieving the offset of the
3657 environment from block zero's out-of-band data. The
3658 "nand env.oob" command can be used to record this offset.
3659 Currently, CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND is not supported when
3660 using CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB.
Markus Klotzbuechere443c942006-03-20 18:02:44 +01003661
Guennadi Liakhovetskib74ab732009-05-18 16:07:22 +02003662- CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST
3663
3664 Defines address in RAM to which the nand_spl code should copy the
3665 environment. If redundant environment is used, it will be copied to
3666 CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST + CONFIG_ENV_SIZE.
3667
Joe Hershberger2b744332013-04-08 10:32:51 +00003668- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_UBI:
3669
3670 Define this if you have an UBI volume that you want to use for the
3671 environment. This has the benefit of wear-leveling the environment
3672 accesses, which is important on NAND.
3673
3674 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_PART:
3675
3676 Define this to a string that is the mtd partition containing the UBI.
3677
3678 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_VOLUME:
3679
3680 Define this to the name of the volume that you want to store the
3681 environment in.
3682
Joe Hershberger785881f2013-04-08 10:32:52 +00003683 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_VOLUME_REDUND:
3684
3685 Define this to the name of another volume to store a second copy of
3686 the environment in. This will enable redundant environments in UBI.
3687 It is assumed that both volumes are in the same MTD partition.
3688
Joe Hershberger2b744332013-04-08 10:32:51 +00003689 - CONFIG_UBI_SILENCE_MSG
3690 - CONFIG_UBIFS_SILENCE_MSG
3691
3692 You will probably want to define these to avoid a really noisy system
3693 when storing the env in UBI.
3694
Stephen Warren06e4ae52013-06-11 15:14:00 -06003695- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_MMC:
3696
3697 Define this if you have an MMC device which you want to use for the
3698 environment.
3699
3700 - CONFIG_SYS_MMC_ENV_DEV:
3701
3702 Specifies which MMC device the environment is stored in.
3703
3704 - CONFIG_SYS_MMC_ENV_PART (optional):
3705
3706 Specifies which MMC partition the environment is stored in. If not
3707 set, defaults to partition 0, the user area. Common values might be
3708 1 (first MMC boot partition), 2 (second MMC boot partition).
3709
3710 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
3711 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
3712
3713 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the environment
3714 area within the specified MMC device.
3715
Stephen Warren5c088ee2013-06-11 15:14:02 -06003716 If offset is positive (the usual case), it is treated as relative to
3717 the start of the MMC partition. If offset is negative, it is treated
3718 as relative to the end of the MMC partition. This can be useful if
3719 your board may be fitted with different MMC devices, which have
3720 different sizes for the MMC partitions, and you always want the
3721 environment placed at the very end of the partition, to leave the
3722 maximum possible space before it, to store other data.
3723
Stephen Warren06e4ae52013-06-11 15:14:00 -06003724 These two values are in units of bytes, but must be aligned to an
3725 MMC sector boundary.
3726
3727 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional):
3728
3729 Specifies a second storage area, of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE size, used to
3730 hold a redundant copy of the environment data. This provides a
3731 valid backup copy in case the other copy is corrupted, e.g. due
3732 to a power failure during a "saveenv" operation.
3733
Stephen Warren5c088ee2013-06-11 15:14:02 -06003734 This value may also be positive or negative; this is handled in the
3735 same way as CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET.
3736
Stephen Warren06e4ae52013-06-11 15:14:00 -06003737 This value is also in units of bytes, but must also be aligned to
3738 an MMC sector boundary.
3739
3740 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE_REDUND (optional):
3741
3742 This value need not be set, even when CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND is
3743 set. If this value is set, it must be set to the same value as
3744 CONFIG_ENV_SIZE.
3745
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003746- CONFIG_SYS_SPI_INIT_OFFSET
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003747
3748 Defines offset to the initial SPI buffer area in DPRAM. The
3749 area is used at an early stage (ROM part) if the environment
3750 is configured to reside in the SPI EEPROM: We need a 520 byte
3751 scratch DPRAM area. It is used between the two initialization
3752 calls (spi_init_f() and spi_init_r()). A value of 0xB00 seems
3753 to be a good choice since it makes it far enough from the
3754 start of the data area as well as from the stack pointer.
3755
Bruce Adlere881cb52007-11-02 13:15:42 -07003756Please note that the environment is read-only until the monitor
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003757has been relocated to RAM and a RAM copy of the environment has been
Wolfgang Denkcdb74972010-07-24 21:55:43 +02003758created; also, when using EEPROM you will have to use getenv_f()
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003759until then to read environment variables.
3760
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00003761The environment is protected by a CRC32 checksum. Before the monitor
3762is relocated into RAM, as a result of a bad CRC you will be working
3763with the compiled-in default environment - *silently*!!! [This is
3764necessary, because the first environment variable we need is the
3765"baudrate" setting for the console - if we have a bad CRC, we don't
3766have any device yet where we could complain.]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003767
3768Note: once the monitor has been relocated, then it will complain if
3769the default environment is used; a new CRC is computed as soon as you
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00003770use the "saveenv" command to store a valid environment.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003771
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003772- CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_ECHO_LINK_DOWN:
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00003773 Echo the inverted Ethernet link state to the fault LED.
wdenkfc3e2162003-10-08 22:33:00 +00003774
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003775 Note: If this option is active, then CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR
wdenkfc3e2162003-10-08 22:33:00 +00003776 also needs to be defined.
3777
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003778- CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR:
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00003779 MII address of the PHY to check for the Ethernet link state.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003780
Ron Madridf5675aa2009-02-18 14:30:44 -08003781- CONFIG_NS16550_MIN_FUNCTIONS:
3782 Define this if you desire to only have use of the NS16550_init
3783 and NS16550_putc functions for the serial driver located at
3784 drivers/serial/ns16550.c. This option is useful for saving
3785 space for already greatly restricted images, including but not
3786 limited to NAND_SPL configurations.
3787
Simon Glassb2b92f52012-11-30 13:01:18 +00003788- CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO
3789 Display information about the board that U-Boot is running on
3790 when U-Boot starts up. The board function checkboard() is called
3791 to do this.
3792
Simon Glasse2e3e2b2012-11-30 13:01:19 +00003793- CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO_LATE
3794 Similar to the previous option, but display this information
3795 later, once stdio is running and output goes to the LCD, if
3796 present.
3797
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003798Low Level (hardware related) configuration options:
wdenkdc7c9a12003-03-26 06:55:25 +00003799---------------------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003800
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003801- CONFIG_SYS_CACHELINE_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003802 Cache Line Size of the CPU.
3803
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003804- CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003805 Default address of the IMMR after system reset.
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +00003806
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00003807 Needed on some 8260 systems (MPC8260ADS, PQ2FADS-ZU,
3808 and RPXsuper) to be able to adjust the position of
3809 the IMMR register after a reset.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003810
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05003811- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT:
3812 Default (power-on reset) physical address of CCSR on Freescale
3813 PowerPC SOCs.
3814
3815- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR:
3816 Virtual address of CCSR. On a 32-bit build, this is typically
3817 the same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT.
3818
3819 CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR must also be set to this value,
3820 for cross-platform code that uses that macro instead.
3821
3822- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS:
3823 Physical address of CCSR. CCSR can be relocated to a new
3824 physical address, if desired. In this case, this macro should
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003825 be set to that address. Otherwise, it should be set to the
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05003826 same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT. For example, CCSR
3827 is typically relocated on 36-bit builds. It is recommended
3828 that this macro be defined via the _HIGH and _LOW macros:
3829
3830 #define CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS ((CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH
3831 * 1ull) << 32 | CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW)
3832
3833- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH:
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02003834 Bits 33-36 of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This value is typically
3835 either 0 (32-bit build) or 0xF (36-bit build). This macro is
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05003836 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or
3837 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL").
3838
3839- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW:
3840 Lower 32-bits of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This macro is
3841 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or
3842 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL").
3843
3844- CONFIG_SYS_CCSR_DO_NOT_RELOCATE:
3845 If this macro is defined, then CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS will be
3846 forced to a value that ensures that CCSR is not relocated.
3847
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003848- Floppy Disk Support:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003849 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003850
3851 the default drive number (default value 0)
3852
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003853 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003854
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003855 defines the spacing between FDC chipset registers
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003856 (default value 1)
3857
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003858 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003859
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003860 defines the offset of register from address. It
3861 depends on which part of the data bus is connected to
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003862 the FDC chipset. (default value 0)
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003863
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003864 If CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET and
3865 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER are undefined, they take their
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003866 default value.
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003867
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003868 if CONFIG_SYS_FDC_HW_INIT is defined, then the function
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003869 fdc_hw_init() is called at the beginning of the FDC
3870 setup. fdc_hw_init() must be provided by the board
3871 source code. It is used to make hardware dependant
3872 initializations.
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003873
Macpaul Lin0abddf82011-04-11 20:45:32 +00003874- CONFIG_IDE_AHB:
3875 Most IDE controllers were designed to be connected with PCI
3876 interface. Only few of them were designed for AHB interface.
3877 When software is doing ATA command and data transfer to
3878 IDE devices through IDE-AHB controller, some additional
3879 registers accessing to these kind of IDE-AHB controller
3880 is requierd.
3881
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003882- CONFIG_SYS_IMMR: Physical address of the Internal Memory.
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00003883 DO NOT CHANGE unless you know exactly what you're
wdenk25d67122004-12-10 11:40:40 +00003884 doing! (11-4) [MPC8xx/82xx systems only]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003885
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003886- CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003887
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00003888 Start address of memory area that can be used for
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003889 initial data and stack; please note that this must be
3890 writable memory that is working WITHOUT special
3891 initialization, i. e. you CANNOT use normal RAM which
3892 will become available only after programming the
3893 memory controller and running certain initialization
3894 sequences.
3895
3896 U-Boot uses the following memory types:
3897 - MPC8xx and MPC8260: IMMR (internal memory of the CPU)
3898 - MPC824X: data cache
3899 - PPC4xx: data cache
3900
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003901- CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003902
3903 Offset of the initial data structure in the memory
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003904 area defined by CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR. Usually
3905 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET is chosen such that the initial
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003906 data is located at the end of the available space
Wolfgang Denk553f0982010-10-26 13:32:32 +02003907 (sometimes written as (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE -
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003908 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_DATA_SIZE), and the initial stack is just
3909 below that area (growing from (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR +
3910 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET) downward.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003911
3912 Note:
3913 On the MPC824X (or other systems that use the data
3914 cache for initial memory) the address chosen for
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003915 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR is basically arbitrary - it must
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003916 point to an otherwise UNUSED address space between
3917 the top of RAM and the start of the PCI space.
3918
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003919- CONFIG_SYS_SIUMCR: SIU Module Configuration (11-6)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003920
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003921- CONFIG_SYS_SYPCR: System Protection Control (11-9)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003922
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003923- CONFIG_SYS_TBSCR: Time Base Status and Control (11-26)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003924
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003925- CONFIG_SYS_PISCR: Periodic Interrupt Status and Control (11-31)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003926
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003927- CONFIG_SYS_PLPRCR: PLL, Low-Power, and Reset Control Register (15-30)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003928
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003929- CONFIG_SYS_SCCR: System Clock and reset Control Register (15-27)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003930
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003931- CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003932 SDRAM timing
3933
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003934- CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003935 periodic timer for refresh
3936
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003937- CONFIG_SYS_DER: Debug Event Register (37-47)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003938
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003939- FLASH_BASE0_PRELIM, FLASH_BASE1_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_REMAP_OR_AM,
3940 CONFIG_SYS_PRELIM_OR_AM, CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_FLASH, CONFIG_SYS_OR0_REMAP,
3941 CONFIG_SYS_OR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_REMAP, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_PRELIM,
3942 CONFIG_SYS_BR1_PRELIM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003943 Memory Controller Definitions: BR0/1 and OR0/1 (FLASH)
3944
3945- SDRAM_BASE2_PRELIM, SDRAM_BASE3_PRELIM, SDRAM_MAX_SIZE,
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003946 CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM, CONFIG_SYS_OR2_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR2_PRELIM,
3947 CONFIG_SYS_OR3_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR3_PRELIM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003948 Memory Controller Definitions: BR2/3 and OR2/3 (SDRAM)
3949
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003950- CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_8K,
3951 CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_8K, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_8COL, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_9COL:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003952 Machine Mode Register and Memory Periodic Timer
3953 Prescaler definitions (SDRAM timing)
3954
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003955- CONFIG_SYS_I2C_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003956 enable I2C microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
3957 define relocation offset in DPRAM [DSP2]
3958
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003959- CONFIG_SYS_SMC_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SMC_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
Heiko Schocherb423d052008-01-11 01:12:07 +01003960 enable SMC microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
3961 define relocation offset in DPRAM [SMC1]
3962
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003963- CONFIG_SYS_SPI_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SPI_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003964 enable SPI microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
3965 define relocation offset in DPRAM [SCC4]
3966
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003967- CONFIG_SYS_USE_OSCCLK:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003968 Use OSCM clock mode on MBX8xx board. Be careful,
3969 wrong setting might damage your board. Read
3970 doc/README.MBX before setting this variable!
3971
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003972- CONFIG_SYS_CPM_POST_WORD_ADDR: (MPC8xx, MPC8260 only)
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003973 Offset of the bootmode word in DPRAM used by post
3974 (Power On Self Tests). This definition overrides
3975 #define'd default value in commproc.h resp.
3976 cpm_8260.h.
wdenkea909b72002-11-21 23:11:29 +00003977
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003978- CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_PICMR0_MASK_ATTRIB,
3979 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR0_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK0_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR1_LOCAL,
3980 CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK1_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_BUS,
3981 CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_MEM_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR0_MASK_ATTRIB,
3982 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_BUS, CPU_PCI_MEMIO_START,
3983 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR1_MASK_ATTRIB, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_LOCAL,
3984 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_IO_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_SIZE,
3985 CONFIG_SYS_POCMR2_MASK_ATTRIB: (MPC826x only)
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02003986 Overrides the default PCI memory map in arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8260/pci.c if set.
wdenk5d232d02003-05-22 22:52:13 +00003987
Dirk Eibach9cacf4f2009-02-09 08:18:34 +01003988- CONFIG_PCI_DISABLE_PCIE:
3989 Disable PCI-Express on systems where it is supported but not
3990 required.
3991
Andrew Sharp69fd2d32012-08-29 14:16:32 +00003992- CONFIG_PCI_ENUM_ONLY
3993 Only scan through and get the devices on the busses.
3994 Don't do any setup work, presumably because someone or
3995 something has already done it, and we don't need to do it
3996 a second time. Useful for platforms that are pre-booted
3997 by coreboot or similar.
3998
Gabor Juhos842033e2013-05-30 07:06:12 +00003999- CONFIG_PCI_INDIRECT_BRIDGE:
4000 Enable support for indirect PCI bridges.
4001
Kumar Galaa09b9b62010-12-30 12:09:53 -06004002- CONFIG_SYS_SRIO:
4003 Chip has SRIO or not
4004
4005- CONFIG_SRIO1:
4006 Board has SRIO 1 port available
4007
4008- CONFIG_SRIO2:
4009 Board has SRIO 2 port available
4010
Liu Gangc8b28152013-05-07 16:30:46 +08004011- CONFIG_SRIO_PCIE_BOOT_MASTER
4012 Board can support master function for Boot from SRIO and PCIE
4013
Kumar Galaa09b9b62010-12-30 12:09:53 -06004014- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_VIRT:
4015 Virtual Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region
4016
4017- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_PHYS:
4018 Physical Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region
4019
4020- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_SIZE:
4021 Size of SRIO port 'n' memory region
4022
Fabio Estevam66bd1842013-04-11 09:35:34 +00004023- CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BUSWIDTH_16BIT
4024 Defined to tell the NAND controller that the NAND chip is using
4025 a 16 bit bus.
4026 Not all NAND drivers use this symbol.
Fabio Estevama430e912013-04-11 09:35:35 +00004027 Example of drivers that use it:
Fabio Estevam66bd1842013-04-11 09:35:34 +00004028 - drivers/mtd/nand/ndfc.c
Fabio Estevama430e912013-04-11 09:35:35 +00004029 - drivers/mtd/nand/mxc_nand.c
Alex Watermaneced4622011-05-19 15:08:36 -04004030
4031- CONFIG_SYS_NDFC_EBC0_CFG
4032 Sets the EBC0_CFG register for the NDFC. If not defined
4033 a default value will be used.
4034
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04004035- CONFIG_SPD_EEPROM
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004036 Get DDR timing information from an I2C EEPROM. Common
4037 with pluggable memory modules such as SODIMMs
4038
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04004039 SPD_EEPROM_ADDRESS
4040 I2C address of the SPD EEPROM
4041
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004042- CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004043 If SPD EEPROM is on an I2C bus other than the first
4044 one, specify here. Note that the value must resolve
4045 to something your driver can deal with.
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04004046
York Sun1b3e3c42011-06-07 09:42:16 +08004047- CONFIG_SYS_DDR_RAW_TIMING
4048 Get DDR timing information from other than SPD. Common with
4049 soldered DDR chips onboard without SPD. DDR raw timing
4050 parameters are extracted from datasheet and hard-coded into
4051 header files or board specific files.
4052
York Sun6f5e1dc2011-09-16 13:21:35 -07004053- CONFIG_FSL_DDR_INTERACTIVE
4054 Enable interactive DDR debugging. See doc/README.fsl-ddr.
4055
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004056- CONFIG_SYS_83XX_DDR_USES_CS0
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004057 Only for 83xx systems. If specified, then DDR should
4058 be configured using CS0 and CS1 instead of CS2 and CS3.
Timur Tabi2ad6b512006-10-31 18:44:42 -06004059
wdenkc26e4542004-04-18 10:13:26 +00004060- CONFIG_ETHER_ON_FEC[12]
4061 Define to enable FEC[12] on a 8xx series processor.
4062
4063- CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY
4064 Define to the hardcoded PHY address which corresponds
wdenk6e592382004-04-18 17:39:38 +00004065 to the given FEC; i. e.
4066 #define CONFIG_FEC1_PHY 4
wdenkc26e4542004-04-18 10:13:26 +00004067 means that the PHY with address 4 is connected to FEC1
4068
4069 When set to -1, means to probe for first available.
4070
4071- CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY_NORXERR
4072 The PHY does not have a RXERR line (RMII only).
4073 (so program the FEC to ignore it).
4074
4075- CONFIG_RMII
4076 Enable RMII mode for all FECs.
4077 Note that this is a global option, we can't
4078 have one FEC in standard MII mode and another in RMII mode.
4079
wdenk5cf91d62004-04-23 20:32:05 +00004080- CONFIG_CRC32_VERIFY
4081 Add a verify option to the crc32 command.
4082 The syntax is:
4083
4084 => crc32 -v <address> <count> <crc32>
4085
4086 Where address/count indicate a memory area
4087 and crc32 is the correct crc32 which the
4088 area should have.
4089
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00004090- CONFIG_LOOPW
4091 Add the "loopw" memory command. This only takes effect if
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05004092 the memory commands are activated globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM).
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00004093
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004094- CONFIG_MX_CYCLIC
4095 Add the "mdc" and "mwc" memory commands. These are cyclic
4096 "md/mw" commands.
4097 Examples:
4098
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00004099 => mdc.b 10 4 500
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004100 This command will print 4 bytes (10,11,12,13) each 500 ms.
4101
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00004102 => mwc.l 100 12345678 10
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004103 This command will write 12345678 to address 100 all 10 ms.
4104
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00004105 This only takes effect if the memory commands are activated
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05004106 globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM).
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004107
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00004108- CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +00004109 [ARM, NDS32, MIPS only] If this variable is defined, then certain
Wolfgang Denk844f07d2010-11-27 23:30:56 +01004110 low level initializations (like setting up the memory
4111 controller) are omitted and/or U-Boot does not
4112 relocate itself into RAM.
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00004113
Wolfgang Denk844f07d2010-11-27 23:30:56 +01004114 Normally this variable MUST NOT be defined. The only
4115 exception is when U-Boot is loaded (to RAM) by some
4116 other boot loader or by a debugger which performs
4117 these initializations itself.
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00004118
Aneesh V401bb302011-07-13 05:11:07 +00004119- CONFIG_SPL_BUILD
Magnus Liljadf812382009-06-13 20:50:00 +02004120 Modifies the behaviour of start.S when compiling a loader
4121 that is executed before the actual U-Boot. E.g. when
4122 compiling a NAND SPL.
wdenk400558b2005-04-02 23:52:25 +00004123
Ying Zhang5df572f2013-05-20 14:07:23 +08004124- CONFIG_SYS_MPC85XX_NO_RESETVEC
4125 Only for 85xx systems. If this variable is specified, the section
4126 .resetvec is not kept and the section .bootpg is placed in the
4127 previous 4k of the .text section.
4128
Simon Glass4213fc22013-02-24 17:33:14 +00004129- CONFIG_ARCH_MAP_SYSMEM
4130 Generally U-Boot (and in particular the md command) uses
4131 effective address. It is therefore not necessary to regard
4132 U-Boot address as virtual addresses that need to be translated
4133 to physical addresses. However, sandbox requires this, since
4134 it maintains its own little RAM buffer which contains all
4135 addressable memory. This option causes some memory accesses
4136 to be mapped through map_sysmem() / unmap_sysmem().
4137
Matthias Weisserd8834a12011-03-10 21:36:32 +00004138- CONFIG_USE_ARCH_MEMCPY
4139 CONFIG_USE_ARCH_MEMSET
4140 If these options are used a optimized version of memcpy/memset will
4141 be used if available. These functions may be faster under some
4142 conditions but may increase the binary size.
4143
Simon Glass588a13f2013-02-14 04:18:54 +00004144- CONFIG_X86_RESET_VECTOR
4145 If defined, the x86 reset vector code is included. This is not
4146 needed when U-Boot is running from Coreboot.
Gabe Blackb16f5212012-11-27 21:08:06 +00004147
Mark Jacksonfc337052013-03-04 01:27:20 +00004148- CONFIG_SYS_MPUCLK
4149 Defines the MPU clock speed (in MHz).
4150
4151 NOTE : currently only supported on AM335x platforms.
Gabe Black5b5ece92012-11-29 16:23:41 +00004152
Timur Tabif2717b42011-11-22 09:21:25 -06004153Freescale QE/FMAN Firmware Support:
4154-----------------------------------
4155
4156The Freescale QUICCEngine (QE) and Frame Manager (FMAN) both support the
4157loading of "firmware", which is encoded in the QE firmware binary format.
4158This firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting, so macros
4159are used to identify the storage device (NOR flash, SPI, etc) and the address
4160within that device.
4161
4162- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_ADDR
4163 The address in the storage device where the firmware is located. The
4164 meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_IN_xxx macro
4165 is also specified.
4166
4167- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_LENGTH
4168 The maximum possible size of the firmware. The firmware binary format
4169 has a field that specifies the actual size of the firmware, but it
4170 might not be possible to read any part of the firmware unless some
4171 local storage is allocated to hold the entire firmware first.
4172
4173- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NOR
4174 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NOR flash, mapped as
4175 normal addressable memory via the LBC. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the
4176 virtual address in NOR flash.
4177
4178- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NAND
4179 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NAND flash.
4180 CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the offset within NAND flash.
4181
4182- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_MMC
4183 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SD/MMC
4184 device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device.
4185
4186- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_SPIFLASH
4187 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SPI
4188 device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device.
4189
Liu Gang292dc6c2012-03-08 00:33:18 +00004190- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_REMOTE
4191 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in the remote (master)
4192 memory space. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is a virtual address which
Liu Gangfc54c7f2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00004193 can be mapped from slave TLB->slave LAW->slave SRIO or PCIE outbound
4194 window->master inbound window->master LAW->the ucode address in
4195 master's memory space.
Timur Tabif2717b42011-11-22 09:21:25 -06004196
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004197Building the Software:
4198======================
4199
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004200Building U-Boot has been tested in several native build environments
4201and in many different cross environments. Of course we cannot support
4202all possibly existing versions of cross development tools in all
4203(potentially obsolete) versions. In case of tool chain problems we
4204recommend to use the ELDK (see http://www.denx.de/wiki/DULG/ELDK)
4205which is extensively used to build and test U-Boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004206
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004207If you are not using a native environment, it is assumed that you
4208have GNU cross compiling tools available in your path. In this case,
4209you must set the environment variable CROSS_COMPILE in your shell.
4210Note that no changes to the Makefile or any other source files are
4211necessary. For example using the ELDK on a 4xx CPU, please enter:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004212
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004213 $ CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_4xx-
4214 $ export CROSS_COMPILE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004215
Peter Tyser2f8d3962009-03-13 18:54:51 -05004216Note: If you wish to generate Windows versions of the utilities in
4217 the tools directory you can use the MinGW toolchain
4218 (http://www.mingw.org). Set your HOST tools to the MinGW
4219 toolchain and execute 'make tools'. For example:
4220
4221 $ make HOSTCC=i586-mingw32msvc-gcc HOSTSTRIP=i586-mingw32msvc-strip tools
4222
4223 Binaries such as tools/mkimage.exe will be created which can
4224 be executed on computers running Windows.
4225
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004226U-Boot is intended to be simple to build. After installing the
4227sources you must configure U-Boot for one specific board type. This
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004228is done by typing:
4229
4230 make NAME_config
4231
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004232where "NAME_config" is the name of one of the existing configu-
Michael Jones4d675ae2012-03-15 22:48:10 +00004233rations; see boards.cfg for supported names.
wdenk54387ac2003-10-08 22:45:44 +00004234
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004235Note: for some board special configuration names may exist; check if
4236 additional information is available from the board vendor; for
4237 instance, the TQM823L systems are available without (standard)
4238 or with LCD support. You can select such additional "features"
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004239 when choosing the configuration, i. e.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004240
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004241 make TQM823L_config
4242 - will configure for a plain TQM823L, i. e. no LCD support
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004243
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004244 make TQM823L_LCD_config
4245 - will configure for a TQM823L with U-Boot console on LCD
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004246
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004247 etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004248
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004249
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004250Finally, type "make all", and you should get some working U-Boot
4251images ready for download to / installation on your system:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004252
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004253- "u-boot.bin" is a raw binary image
4254- "u-boot" is an image in ELF binary format
4255- "u-boot.srec" is in Motorola S-Record format
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004256
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02004257By default the build is performed locally and the objects are saved
4258in the source directory. One of the two methods can be used to change
4259this behavior and build U-Boot to some external directory:
4260
42611. Add O= to the make command line invocations:
4262
4263 make O=/tmp/build distclean
4264 make O=/tmp/build NAME_config
4265 make O=/tmp/build all
4266
42672. Set environment variable BUILD_DIR to point to the desired location:
4268
4269 export BUILD_DIR=/tmp/build
4270 make distclean
4271 make NAME_config
4272 make all
4273
4274Note that the command line "O=" setting overrides the BUILD_DIR environment
4275variable.
4276
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004277
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004278Please be aware that the Makefiles assume you are using GNU make, so
4279for instance on NetBSD you might need to use "gmake" instead of
4280native "make".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004281
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004282
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004283If the system board that you have is not listed, then you will need
4284to port U-Boot to your hardware platform. To do this, follow these
4285steps:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004286
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +000042871. Add a new configuration option for your board to the toplevel
Michael Jones4d675ae2012-03-15 22:48:10 +00004288 "boards.cfg" file, using the existing entries as examples.
4289 Follow the instructions there to keep the boards in order.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +000042902. Create a new directory to hold your board specific code. Add any
4291 files you need. In your board directory, you will need at least
4292 the "Makefile", a "<board>.c", "flash.c" and "u-boot.lds".
42933. Create a new configuration file "include/configs/<board>.h" for
4294 your board
42953. If you're porting U-Boot to a new CPU, then also create a new
4296 directory to hold your CPU specific code. Add any files you need.
42974. Run "make <board>_config" with your new name.
42985. Type "make", and you should get a working "u-boot.srec" file
4299 to be installed on your target system.
43006. Debug and solve any problems that might arise.
4301 [Of course, this last step is much harder than it sounds.]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004302
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004303
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004304Testing of U-Boot Modifications, Ports to New Hardware, etc.:
4305==============================================================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004306
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004307If you have modified U-Boot sources (for instance added a new board
4308or support for new devices, a new CPU, etc.) you are expected to
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004309provide feedback to the other developers. The feedback normally takes
4310the form of a "patch", i. e. a context diff against a certain (latest
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004311official or latest in the git repository) version of U-Boot sources.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004312
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004313But before you submit such a patch, please verify that your modifi-
4314cation did not break existing code. At least make sure that *ALL* of
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004315the supported boards compile WITHOUT ANY compiler warnings. To do so,
4316just run the "MAKEALL" script, which will configure and build U-Boot
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004317for ALL supported system. Be warned, this will take a while. You can
4318select which (cross) compiler to use by passing a `CROSS_COMPILE'
4319environment variable to the script, i. e. to use the ELDK cross tools
4320you can type
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004321
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004322 CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_8xx- MAKEALL
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004323
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004324or to build on a native PowerPC system you can type
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004325
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004326 CROSS_COMPILE=' ' MAKEALL
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004327
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004328When using the MAKEALL script, the default behaviour is to build
4329U-Boot in the source directory. This location can be changed by
4330setting the BUILD_DIR environment variable. Also, for each target
4331built, the MAKEALL script saves two log files (<target>.ERR and
4332<target>.MAKEALL) in the <source dir>/LOG directory. This default
4333location can be changed by setting the MAKEALL_LOGDIR environment
4334variable. For example:
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02004335
4336 export BUILD_DIR=/tmp/build
4337 export MAKEALL_LOGDIR=/tmp/log
4338 CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_8xx- MAKEALL
4339
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004340With the above settings build objects are saved in the /tmp/build,
4341log files are saved in the /tmp/log and the source tree remains clean
4342during the whole build process.
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02004343
4344
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004345See also "U-Boot Porting Guide" below.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004346
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004347
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004348Monitor Commands - Overview:
4349============================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004350
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004351go - start application at address 'addr'
4352run - run commands in an environment variable
4353bootm - boot application image from memory
4354bootp - boot image via network using BootP/TFTP protocol
Marek Vasut44f074c2012-03-14 21:52:45 +00004355bootz - boot zImage from memory
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004356tftpboot- boot image via network using TFTP protocol
4357 and env variables "ipaddr" and "serverip"
4358 (and eventually "gatewayip")
Simon Glass1fb7cd42011-10-24 18:00:07 +00004359tftpput - upload a file via network using TFTP protocol
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004360rarpboot- boot image via network using RARP/TFTP protocol
4361diskboot- boot from IDE devicebootd - boot default, i.e., run 'bootcmd'
4362loads - load S-Record file over serial line
4363loadb - load binary file over serial line (kermit mode)
4364md - memory display
4365mm - memory modify (auto-incrementing)
4366nm - memory modify (constant address)
4367mw - memory write (fill)
4368cp - memory copy
4369cmp - memory compare
4370crc32 - checksum calculation
Peter Tyser0f89c542009-04-18 22:34:03 -05004371i2c - I2C sub-system
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004372sspi - SPI utility commands
4373base - print or set address offset
4374printenv- print environment variables
4375setenv - set environment variables
4376saveenv - save environment variables to persistent storage
4377protect - enable or disable FLASH write protection
4378erase - erase FLASH memory
4379flinfo - print FLASH memory information
Karl O. Pinc10635af2012-08-03 05:57:21 +00004380nand - NAND memory operations (see doc/README.nand)
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004381bdinfo - print Board Info structure
4382iminfo - print header information for application image
4383coninfo - print console devices and informations
4384ide - IDE sub-system
4385loop - infinite loop on address range
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00004386loopw - infinite write loop on address range
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004387mtest - simple RAM test
4388icache - enable or disable instruction cache
4389dcache - enable or disable data cache
4390reset - Perform RESET of the CPU
4391echo - echo args to console
4392version - print monitor version
4393help - print online help
4394? - alias for 'help'
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004395
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004396
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004397Monitor Commands - Detailed Description:
4398========================================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004399
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004400TODO.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004401
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004402For now: just type "help <command>".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004403
4404
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004405Environment Variables:
4406======================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004407
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004408U-Boot supports user configuration using Environment Variables which
4409can be made persistent by saving to Flash memory.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004410
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004411Environment Variables are set using "setenv", printed using
4412"printenv", and saved to Flash using "saveenv". Using "setenv"
4413without a value can be used to delete a variable from the
4414environment. As long as you don't save the environment you are
4415working with an in-memory copy. In case the Flash area containing the
4416environment is erased by accident, a default environment is provided.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004417
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01004418Some configuration options can be set using Environment Variables.
4419
4420List of environment variables (most likely not complete):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004421
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004422 baudrate - see CONFIG_BAUDRATE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004423
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004424 bootdelay - see CONFIG_BOOTDELAY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004425
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004426 bootcmd - see CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004427
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004428 bootargs - Boot arguments when booting an RTOS image
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004429
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004430 bootfile - Name of the image to load with TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004431
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02004432 bootm_low - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm
4433 command can be restricted. This variable is given as
4434 a hexadecimal number and defines lowest address allowed
4435 for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_size"
4436 environment variable. Address defined by "bootm_low" is
4437 also the base of the initial memory mapping for the Linux
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00004438 kernel -- see the description of CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ and
4439 bootm_mapsize.
4440
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00004441 bootm_mapsize - Size of the initial memory mapping for the Linux kernel.
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00004442 This variable is given as a hexadecimal number and it
4443 defines the size of the memory region starting at base
4444 address bootm_low that is accessible by the Linux kernel
4445 during early boot. If unset, CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is used
4446 as the default value if it is defined, and bootm_size is
4447 used otherwise.
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02004448
4449 bootm_size - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm
4450 command can be restricted. This variable is given as
4451 a hexadecimal number and defines the size of the region
4452 allowed for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_low"
4453 environment variable.
4454
Bartlomiej Sieka4bae9092008-10-01 15:26:31 +02004455 updatefile - Location of the software update file on a TFTP server, used
4456 by the automatic software update feature. Please refer to
4457 documentation in doc/README.update for more details.
4458
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004459 autoload - if set to "no" (any string beginning with 'n'),
4460 "bootp" will just load perform a lookup of the
4461 configuration from the BOOTP server, but not try to
4462 load any image using TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004463
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004464 autostart - if set to "yes", an image loaded using the "bootp",
4465 "rarpboot", "tftpboot" or "diskboot" commands will
4466 be automatically started (by internally calling
4467 "bootm")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004468
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004469 If set to "no", a standalone image passed to the
4470 "bootm" command will be copied to the load address
4471 (and eventually uncompressed), but NOT be started.
4472 This can be used to load and uncompress arbitrary
4473 data.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004474
David A. Longa28afca2011-07-09 16:40:19 -04004475 fdt_high - if set this restricts the maximum address that the
4476 flattened device tree will be copied into upon boot.
Shawn Guofa34f6b2012-01-09 21:54:08 +00004477 For example, if you have a system with 1 GB memory
4478 at physical address 0x10000000, while Linux kernel
4479 only recognizes the first 704 MB as low memory, you
4480 may need to set fdt_high as 0x3C000000 to have the
4481 device tree blob be copied to the maximum address
4482 of the 704 MB low memory, so that Linux kernel can
4483 access it during the boot procedure.
4484
David A. Longa28afca2011-07-09 16:40:19 -04004485 If this is set to the special value 0xFFFFFFFF then
4486 the fdt will not be copied at all on boot. For this
4487 to work it must reside in writable memory, have
4488 sufficient padding on the end of it for u-boot to
4489 add the information it needs into it, and the memory
4490 must be accessible by the kernel.
4491
Simon Glasseea63e02011-10-24 19:15:34 +00004492 fdtcontroladdr- if set this is the address of the control flattened
4493 device tree used by U-Boot when CONFIG_OF_CONTROL is
4494 defined.
4495
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00004496 i2cfast - (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only)
4497 if set to 'y' configures Linux I2C driver for fast
4498 mode (400kHZ). This environment variable is used in
4499 initialization code. So, for changes to be effective
4500 it must be saved and board must be reset.
4501
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004502 initrd_high - restrict positioning of initrd images:
4503 If this variable is not set, initrd images will be
4504 copied to the highest possible address in RAM; this
4505 is usually what you want since it allows for
4506 maximum initrd size. If for some reason you want to
4507 make sure that the initrd image is loaded below the
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004508 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ limit, you can set this environment
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004509 variable to a value of "no" or "off" or "0".
4510 Alternatively, you can set it to a maximum upper
4511 address to use (U-Boot will still check that it
4512 does not overwrite the U-Boot stack and data).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004513
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004514 For instance, when you have a system with 16 MB
4515 RAM, and want to reserve 4 MB from use by Linux,
4516 you can do this by adding "mem=12M" to the value of
4517 the "bootargs" variable. However, now you must make
4518 sure that the initrd image is placed in the first
4519 12 MB as well - this can be done with
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004520
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004521 setenv initrd_high 00c00000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004522
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004523 If you set initrd_high to 0xFFFFFFFF, this is an
4524 indication to U-Boot that all addresses are legal
4525 for the Linux kernel, including addresses in flash
4526 memory. In this case U-Boot will NOT COPY the
4527 ramdisk at all. This may be useful to reduce the
4528 boot time on your system, but requires that this
4529 feature is supported by your Linux kernel.
wdenk4a6fd342003-04-12 23:38:12 +00004530
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004531 ipaddr - IP address; needed for tftpboot command
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004532
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004533 loadaddr - Default load address for commands like "bootp",
4534 "rarpboot", "tftpboot", "loadb" or "diskboot"
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004535
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004536 loads_echo - see CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004537
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004538 serverip - TFTP server IP address; needed for tftpboot command
wdenk38b99262003-05-23 23:18:21 +00004539
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004540 bootretry - see CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004541
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004542 bootdelaykey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004543
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004544 bootstopkey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004545
Mike Frysingere2a53452011-10-02 10:01:27 +00004546 ethprime - controls which interface is used first.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004547
Mike Frysingere2a53452011-10-02 10:01:27 +00004548 ethact - controls which interface is currently active.
4549 For example you can do the following
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004550
Heiko Schocher48690d82010-07-20 17:45:02 +02004551 => setenv ethact FEC
4552 => ping 192.168.0.1 # traffic sent on FEC
4553 => setenv ethact SCC
4554 => ping 10.0.0.1 # traffic sent on SCC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004555
Matthias Fuchse1692572008-01-17 07:45:05 +01004556 ethrotate - When set to "no" U-Boot does not go through all
4557 available network interfaces.
4558 It just stays at the currently selected interface.
4559
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01004560 netretry - When set to "no" each network operation will
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004561 either succeed or fail without retrying.
4562 When set to "once" the network operation will
4563 fail when all the available network interfaces
4564 are tried once without success.
4565 Useful on scripts which control the retry operation
4566 themselves.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004567
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDb4e2f892009-01-31 09:53:39 +01004568 npe_ucode - set load address for the NPE microcode
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDa1cf0272008-01-07 08:41:34 +01004569
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02004570 tftpsrcport - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02004571 UDP source port.
4572
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02004573 tftpdstport - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's UDP
4574 destination port instead of the Well Know Port 69.
4575
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01004576 tftpblocksize - Block size to use for TFTP transfers; if not set,
4577 we use the TFTP server's default block size
4578
4579 tftptimeout - Retransmission timeout for TFTP packets (in milli-
4580 seconds, minimum value is 1000 = 1 second). Defines
4581 when a packet is considered to be lost so it has to
4582 be retransmitted. The default is 5000 = 5 seconds.
4583 Lowering this value may make downloads succeed
4584 faster in networks with high packet loss rates or
4585 with unreliable TFTP servers.
4586
4587 vlan - When set to a value < 4095 the traffic over
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004588 Ethernet is encapsulated/received over 802.1q
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004589 VLAN tagged frames.
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00004590
Jason Hobbsdc0b7b02011-08-31 05:37:28 +00004591The following image location variables contain the location of images
4592used in booting. The "Image" column gives the role of the image and is
4593not an environment variable name. The other columns are environment
4594variable names. "File Name" gives the name of the file on a TFTP
4595server, "RAM Address" gives the location in RAM the image will be
4596loaded to, and "Flash Location" gives the image's address in NOR
4597flash or offset in NAND flash.
4598
4599*Note* - these variables don't have to be defined for all boards, some
4600boards currenlty use other variables for these purposes, and some
4601boards use these variables for other purposes.
4602
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00004603Image File Name RAM Address Flash Location
4604----- --------- ----------- --------------
4605u-boot u-boot u-boot_addr_r u-boot_addr
4606Linux kernel bootfile kernel_addr_r kernel_addr
4607device tree blob fdtfile fdt_addr_r fdt_addr
4608ramdisk ramdiskfile ramdisk_addr_r ramdisk_addr
Jason Hobbsdc0b7b02011-08-31 05:37:28 +00004609
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004610The following environment variables may be used and automatically
4611updated by the network boot commands ("bootp" and "rarpboot"),
4612depending the information provided by your boot server:
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00004613
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004614 bootfile - see above
4615 dnsip - IP address of your Domain Name Server
4616 dnsip2 - IP address of your secondary Domain Name Server
4617 gatewayip - IP address of the Gateway (Router) to use
4618 hostname - Target hostname
4619 ipaddr - see above
4620 netmask - Subnet Mask
4621 rootpath - Pathname of the root filesystem on the NFS server
4622 serverip - see above
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00004623
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00004624
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004625There are two special Environment Variables:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004626
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004627 serial# - contains hardware identification information such
4628 as type string and/or serial number
4629 ethaddr - Ethernet address
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004630
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004631These variables can be set only once (usually during manufacturing of
4632the board). U-Boot refuses to delete or overwrite these variables
4633once they have been set once.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004634
4635
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004636Further special Environment Variables:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004637
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004638 ver - Contains the U-Boot version string as printed
4639 with the "version" command. This variable is
4640 readonly (see CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004641
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004642
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004643Please note that changes to some configuration parameters may take
4644only effect after the next boot (yes, that's just like Windoze :-).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004645
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004646
Joe Hershberger170ab112012-12-11 22:16:24 -06004647Callback functions for environment variables:
4648---------------------------------------------
4649
4650For some environment variables, the behavior of u-boot needs to change
4651when their values are changed. This functionailty allows functions to
4652be associated with arbitrary variables. On creation, overwrite, or
4653deletion, the callback will provide the opportunity for some side
4654effect to happen or for the change to be rejected.
4655
4656The callbacks are named and associated with a function using the
4657U_BOOT_ENV_CALLBACK macro in your board or driver code.
4658
4659These callbacks are associated with variables in one of two ways. The
4660static list can be added to by defining CONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_STATIC
4661in the board configuration to a string that defines a list of
4662associations. The list must be in the following format:
4663
4664 entry = variable_name[:callback_name]
4665 list = entry[,list]
4666
4667If the callback name is not specified, then the callback is deleted.
4668Spaces are also allowed anywhere in the list.
4669
4670Callbacks can also be associated by defining the ".callbacks" variable
4671with the same list format above. Any association in ".callbacks" will
4672override any association in the static list. You can define
4673CONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_DEFAULT to a list (string) to define the
4674".callbacks" envirnoment variable in the default or embedded environment.
4675
4676
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004677Command Line Parsing:
4678=====================
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004679
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004680There are two different command line parsers available with U-Boot:
4681the old "simple" one, and the much more powerful "hush" shell:
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004682
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004683Old, simple command line parser:
4684--------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004685
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004686- supports environment variables (through setenv / saveenv commands)
4687- several commands on one line, separated by ';'
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01004688- variable substitution using "... ${name} ..." syntax
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004689- special characters ('$', ';') can be escaped by prefixing with '\',
4690 for example:
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01004691 setenv bootcmd bootm \${address}
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004692- You can also escape text by enclosing in single apostrophes, for example:
4693 setenv addip 'setenv bootargs $bootargs ip=$ipaddr:$serverip:$gatewayip:$netmask:$hostname::off'
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004694
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004695Hush shell:
4696-----------
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004697
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004698- similar to Bourne shell, with control structures like
4699 if...then...else...fi, for...do...done; while...do...done,
4700 until...do...done, ...
4701- supports environment ("global") variables (through setenv / saveenv
4702 commands) and local shell variables (through standard shell syntax
4703 "name=value"); only environment variables can be used with "run"
4704 command
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004705
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004706General rules:
4707--------------
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004708
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004709(1) If a command line (or an environment variable executed by a "run"
4710 command) contains several commands separated by semicolon, and
4711 one of these commands fails, then the remaining commands will be
4712 executed anyway.
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004713
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004714(2) If you execute several variables with one call to run (i. e.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004715 calling run with a list of variables as arguments), any failing
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004716 command will cause "run" to terminate, i. e. the remaining
4717 variables are not executed.
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004718
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004719Note for Redundant Ethernet Interfaces:
4720=======================================
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004721
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004722Some boards come with redundant Ethernet interfaces; U-Boot supports
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004723such configurations and is capable of automatic selection of a
4724"working" interface when needed. MAC assignment works as follows:
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004725
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004726Network interfaces are numbered eth0, eth1, eth2, ... Corresponding
4727MAC addresses can be stored in the environment as "ethaddr" (=>eth0),
4728"eth1addr" (=>eth1), "eth2addr", ...
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004729
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004730If the network interface stores some valid MAC address (for instance
4731in SROM), this is used as default address if there is NO correspon-
4732ding setting in the environment; if the corresponding environment
4733variable is set, this overrides the settings in the card; that means:
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004734
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004735o If the SROM has a valid MAC address, and there is no address in the
4736 environment, the SROM's address is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004737
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004738o If there is no valid address in the SROM, and a definition in the
4739 environment exists, then the value from the environment variable is
4740 used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004741
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004742o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and
4743 both addresses are the same, this MAC address is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004744
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004745o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and the
4746 addresses differ, the value from the environment is used and a
4747 warning is printed.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004748
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004749o If neither SROM nor the environment contain a MAC address, an error
4750 is raised.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004751
Ben Warrenecee9322010-04-26 11:11:46 -07004752If Ethernet drivers implement the 'write_hwaddr' function, valid MAC addresses
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00004753will be programmed into hardware as part of the initialization process. This
Ben Warrenecee9322010-04-26 11:11:46 -07004754may be skipped by setting the appropriate 'ethmacskip' environment variable.
4755The naming convention is as follows:
4756"ethmacskip" (=>eth0), "eth1macskip" (=>eth1) etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004757
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004758Image Formats:
4759==============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004760
Marian Balakowicz3310c542008-03-12 12:13:13 +01004761U-Boot is capable of booting (and performing other auxiliary operations on)
4762images in two formats:
4763
4764New uImage format (FIT)
4765-----------------------
4766
4767Flexible and powerful format based on Flattened Image Tree -- FIT (similar
4768to Flattened Device Tree). It allows the use of images with multiple
4769components (several kernels, ramdisks, etc.), with contents protected by
4770SHA1, MD5 or CRC32. More details are found in the doc/uImage.FIT directory.
4771
4772
4773Old uImage format
4774-----------------
4775
4776Old image format is based on binary files which can be basically anything,
4777preceded by a special header; see the definitions in include/image.h for
4778details; basically, the header defines the following image properties:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004779
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004780* Target Operating System (Provisions for OpenBSD, NetBSD, FreeBSD,
4781 4.4BSD, Linux, SVR4, Esix, Solaris, Irix, SCO, Dell, NCR, VxWorks,
Peter Tyserf5ed9e32008-09-08 14:56:49 -05004782 LynxOS, pSOS, QNX, RTEMS, INTEGRITY;
4783 Currently supported: Linux, NetBSD, VxWorks, QNX, RTEMS, LynxOS,
4784 INTEGRITY).
Wolfgang Denk7b64fef2006-10-24 14:21:16 +02004785* Target CPU Architecture (Provisions for Alpha, ARM, AVR32, Intel x86,
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +00004786 IA64, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC, IBM S390, SuperH, Sparc, Sparc 64 Bit;
4787 Currently supported: ARM, AVR32, Intel x86, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC).
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004788* Compression Type (uncompressed, gzip, bzip2)
4789* Load Address
4790* Entry Point
4791* Image Name
4792* Image Timestamp
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004793
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004794The header is marked by a special Magic Number, and both the header
4795and the data portions of the image are secured against corruption by
4796CRC32 checksums.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004797
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004798
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004799Linux Support:
4800==============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004801
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004802Although U-Boot should support any OS or standalone application
4803easily, the main focus has always been on Linux during the design of
4804U-Boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004805
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004806U-Boot includes many features that so far have been part of some
4807special "boot loader" code within the Linux kernel. Also, any
4808"initrd" images to be used are no longer part of one big Linux image;
4809instead, kernel and "initrd" are separate images. This implementation
4810serves several purposes:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004811
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004812- the same features can be used for other OS or standalone
4813 applications (for instance: using compressed images to reduce the
4814 Flash memory footprint)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004815
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004816- it becomes much easier to port new Linux kernel versions because
4817 lots of low-level, hardware dependent stuff are done by U-Boot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004818
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004819- the same Linux kernel image can now be used with different "initrd"
4820 images; of course this also means that different kernel images can
4821 be run with the same "initrd". This makes testing easier (you don't
4822 have to build a new "zImage.initrd" Linux image when you just
4823 change a file in your "initrd"). Also, a field-upgrade of the
4824 software is easier now.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004825
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004826
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004827Linux HOWTO:
4828============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004829
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004830Porting Linux to U-Boot based systems:
4831---------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004832
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004833U-Boot cannot save you from doing all the necessary modifications to
4834configure the Linux device drivers for use with your target hardware
4835(no, we don't intend to provide a full virtual machine interface to
4836Linux :-).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004837
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02004838But now you can ignore ALL boot loader code (in arch/powerpc/mbxboot).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004839
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004840Just make sure your machine specific header file (for instance
4841include/asm-ppc/tqm8xx.h) includes the same definition of the Board
Markus Heidelberg1dc30692008-09-07 20:18:27 +02004842Information structure as we define in include/asm-<arch>/u-boot.h,
4843and make sure that your definition of IMAP_ADDR uses the same value
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004844as your U-Boot configuration in CONFIG_SYS_IMMR.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004845
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004846
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004847Configuring the Linux kernel:
4848-----------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004849
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004850No specific requirements for U-Boot. Make sure you have some root
4851device (initial ramdisk, NFS) for your target system.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004852
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004853
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004854Building a Linux Image:
4855-----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004856
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004857With U-Boot, "normal" build targets like "zImage" or "bzImage" are
4858not used. If you use recent kernel source, a new build target
4859"uImage" will exist which automatically builds an image usable by
4860U-Boot. Most older kernels also have support for a "pImage" target,
4861which was introduced for our predecessor project PPCBoot and uses a
4862100% compatible format.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004863
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004864Example:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004865
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004866 make TQM850L_config
4867 make oldconfig
4868 make dep
4869 make uImage
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004870
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004871The "uImage" build target uses a special tool (in 'tools/mkimage') to
4872encapsulate a compressed Linux kernel image with header information,
4873CRC32 checksum etc. for use with U-Boot. This is what we are doing:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004874
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004875* build a standard "vmlinux" kernel image (in ELF binary format):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004876
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004877* convert the kernel into a raw binary image:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004878
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004879 ${CROSS_COMPILE}-objcopy -O binary \
4880 -R .note -R .comment \
4881 -S vmlinux linux.bin
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004882
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004883* compress the binary image:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004884
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004885 gzip -9 linux.bin
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004886
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004887* package compressed binary image for U-Boot:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004888
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004889 mkimage -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip \
4890 -a 0 -e 0 -n "Linux Kernel Image" \
4891 -d linux.bin.gz uImage
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004892
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004893
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004894The "mkimage" tool can also be used to create ramdisk images for use
4895with U-Boot, either separated from the Linux kernel image, or
4896combined into one file. "mkimage" encapsulates the images with a 64
4897byte header containing information about target architecture,
4898operating system, image type, compression method, entry points, time
4899stamp, CRC32 checksums, etc.
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004900
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004901"mkimage" can be called in two ways: to verify existing images and
4902print the header information, or to build new images.
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004903
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004904In the first form (with "-l" option) mkimage lists the information
4905contained in the header of an existing U-Boot image; this includes
4906checksum verification:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004907
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004908 tools/mkimage -l image
4909 -l ==> list image header information
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004910
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004911The second form (with "-d" option) is used to build a U-Boot image
4912from a "data file" which is used as image payload:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004913
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004914 tools/mkimage -A arch -O os -T type -C comp -a addr -e ep \
4915 -n name -d data_file image
4916 -A ==> set architecture to 'arch'
4917 -O ==> set operating system to 'os'
4918 -T ==> set image type to 'type'
4919 -C ==> set compression type 'comp'
4920 -a ==> set load address to 'addr' (hex)
4921 -e ==> set entry point to 'ep' (hex)
4922 -n ==> set image name to 'name'
4923 -d ==> use image data from 'datafile'
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004924
wdenk69459792004-05-29 16:53:29 +00004925Right now, all Linux kernels for PowerPC systems use the same load
4926address (0x00000000), but the entry point address depends on the
4927kernel version:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004928
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004929- 2.2.x kernels have the entry point at 0x0000000C,
4930- 2.3.x and later kernels have the entry point at 0x00000000.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004931
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004932So a typical call to build a U-Boot image would read:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004933
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004934 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \
4935 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip -a 0 -e 0 \
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02004936 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz \
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004937 > examples/uImage.TQM850L
4938 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
4939 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
4940 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4941 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB
4942 Load Address: 0x00000000
4943 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004944
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004945To verify the contents of the image (or check for corruption):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004946
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004947 -> tools/mkimage -l examples/uImage.TQM850L
4948 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
4949 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
4950 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4951 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB
4952 Load Address: 0x00000000
4953 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004954
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004955NOTE: for embedded systems where boot time is critical you can trade
4956speed for memory and install an UNCOMPRESSED image instead: this
4957needs more space in Flash, but boots much faster since it does not
4958need to be uncompressed:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004959
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02004960 -> gunzip /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004961 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \
4962 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C none -a 0 -e 0 \
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02004963 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux \
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004964 > examples/uImage.TQM850L-uncompressed
4965 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
4966 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
4967 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (uncompressed)
4968 Data Size: 792160 Bytes = 773.59 kB = 0.76 MB
4969 Load Address: 0x00000000
4970 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004971
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004972
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004973Similar you can build U-Boot images from a 'ramdisk.image.gz' file
4974when your kernel is intended to use an initial ramdisk:
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00004975
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004976 -> tools/mkimage -n 'Simple Ramdisk Image' \
4977 > -A ppc -O linux -T ramdisk -C gzip \
4978 > -d /LinuxPPC/images/SIMPLE-ramdisk.image.gz examples/simple-initrd
4979 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
4980 Created: Wed Jan 12 14:01:50 2000
4981 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
4982 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553.25 kB = 0.54 MB
4983 Load Address: 0x00000000
4984 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00004985
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00004986
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004987Installing a Linux Image:
4988-------------------------
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00004989
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004990To downloading a U-Boot image over the serial (console) interface,
4991you must convert the image to S-Record format:
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00004992
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004993 objcopy -I binary -O srec examples/image examples/image.srec
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00004994
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004995The 'objcopy' does not understand the information in the U-Boot
4996image header, so the resulting S-Record file will be relative to
4997address 0x00000000. To load it to a given address, you need to
4998specify the target address as 'offset' parameter with the 'loads'
4999command.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005000
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005001Example: install the image to address 0x40100000 (which on the
5002TQM8xxL is in the first Flash bank):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005003
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005004 => erase 40100000 401FFFFF
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005005
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005006 .......... done
5007 Erased 8 sectors
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005008
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005009 => loads 40100000
5010 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
5011 ~>examples/image.srec
5012 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 ...
5013 ...
5014 15989 15990 15991 15992
5015 [file transfer complete]
5016 [connected]
5017 ## Start Addr = 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005018
5019
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005020You can check the success of the download using the 'iminfo' command;
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005021this includes a checksum verification so you can be sure no data
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005022corruption happened:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005023
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005024 => imi 40100000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005025
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005026 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ...
5027 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
5028 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5029 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
5030 Load Address: 00000000
5031 Entry Point: 0000000c
5032 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005033
5034
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005035Boot Linux:
5036-----------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005037
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005038The "bootm" command is used to boot an application that is stored in
5039memory (RAM or Flash). In case of a Linux kernel image, the contents
5040of the "bootargs" environment variable is passed to the kernel as
5041parameters. You can check and modify this variable using the
5042"printenv" and "setenv" commands:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005043
5044
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005045 => printenv bootargs
5046 bootargs=root=/dev/ram
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005047
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005048 => setenv bootargs root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005049
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005050 => printenv bootargs
5051 bootargs=root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005052
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005053 => bootm 40020000
5054 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40020000 ...
5055 Image Name: 2.2.13 for NFS on TQM850L
5056 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5057 Data Size: 381681 Bytes = 372 kB = 0 MB
5058 Load Address: 00000000
5059 Entry Point: 0000000c
5060 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5061 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
5062 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:35:17 MEST 2000
5063 Boot arguments: root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
5064 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60
5065 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS
5066 Memory: 15208k available (700k kernel code, 444k data, 32k init) [c0000000,c1000000]
5067 ...
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005068
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005069If you want to boot a Linux kernel with initial RAM disk, you pass
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005070the memory addresses of both the kernel and the initrd image (PPBCOOT
5071format!) to the "bootm" command:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005072
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005073 => imi 40100000 40200000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005074
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005075 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ...
5076 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
5077 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5078 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
5079 Load Address: 00000000
5080 Entry Point: 0000000c
5081 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005082
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005083 ## Checking Image at 40200000 ...
5084 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
5085 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
5086 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB
5087 Load Address: 00000000
5088 Entry Point: 00000000
5089 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005090
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005091 => bootm 40100000 40200000
5092 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40100000 ...
5093 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
5094 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5095 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
5096 Load Address: 00000000
5097 Entry Point: 0000000c
5098 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5099 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
5100 ## Loading RAMDisk Image at 40200000 ...
5101 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
5102 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
5103 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB
5104 Load Address: 00000000
5105 Entry Point: 00000000
5106 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5107 Loading Ramdisk ... OK
5108 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:32:08 MEST 2000
5109 Boot arguments: root=/dev/ram
5110 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60
5111 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS
5112 ...
5113 RAMDISK: Compressed image found at block 0
5114 VFS: Mounted root (ext2 filesystem).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005115
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005116 bash#
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005117
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05005118Boot Linux and pass a flat device tree:
5119-----------
5120
5121First, U-Boot must be compiled with the appropriate defines. See the section
5122titled "Linux Kernel Interface" above for a more in depth explanation. The
5123following is an example of how to start a kernel and pass an updated
5124flat device tree:
5125
5126=> print oftaddr
5127oftaddr=0x300000
5128=> print oft
5129oft=oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb
5130=> tftp $oftaddr $oft
5131Speed: 1000, full duplex
5132Using TSEC0 device
5133TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.101
5134Filename 'oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb'.
5135Load address: 0x300000
5136Loading: #
5137done
5138Bytes transferred = 4106 (100a hex)
5139=> tftp $loadaddr $bootfile
5140Speed: 1000, full duplex
5141Using TSEC0 device
5142TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.2
5143Filename 'uImage'.
5144Load address: 0x200000
5145Loading:############
5146done
5147Bytes transferred = 1029407 (fb51f hex)
5148=> print loadaddr
5149loadaddr=200000
5150=> print oftaddr
5151oftaddr=0x300000
5152=> bootm $loadaddr - $oftaddr
5153## Booting image at 00200000 ...
Wolfgang Denka9398e02006-11-27 15:32:42 +01005154 Image Name: Linux-2.6.17-dirty
5155 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5156 Data Size: 1029343 Bytes = 1005.2 kB
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05005157 Load Address: 00000000
Wolfgang Denka9398e02006-11-27 15:32:42 +01005158 Entry Point: 00000000
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05005159 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5160 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
5161Booting using flat device tree at 0x300000
5162Using MPC85xx ADS machine description
5163Memory CAM mapping: CAM0=256Mb, CAM1=256Mb, CAM2=0Mb residual: 0Mb
5164[snip]
5165
5166
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005167More About U-Boot Image Types:
5168------------------------------
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00005169
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005170U-Boot supports the following image types:
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00005171
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005172 "Standalone Programs" are directly runnable in the environment
5173 provided by U-Boot; it is expected that (if they behave
5174 well) you can continue to work in U-Boot after return from
5175 the Standalone Program.
5176 "OS Kernel Images" are usually images of some Embedded OS which
5177 will take over control completely. Usually these programs
5178 will install their own set of exception handlers, device
5179 drivers, set up the MMU, etc. - this means, that you cannot
5180 expect to re-enter U-Boot except by resetting the CPU.
5181 "RAMDisk Images" are more or less just data blocks, and their
5182 parameters (address, size) are passed to an OS kernel that is
5183 being started.
5184 "Multi-File Images" contain several images, typically an OS
5185 (Linux) kernel image and one or more data images like
5186 RAMDisks. This construct is useful for instance when you want
5187 to boot over the network using BOOTP etc., where the boot
5188 server provides just a single image file, but you want to get
5189 for instance an OS kernel and a RAMDisk image.
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005190
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005191 "Multi-File Images" start with a list of image sizes, each
5192 image size (in bytes) specified by an "uint32_t" in network
5193 byte order. This list is terminated by an "(uint32_t)0".
5194 Immediately after the terminating 0 follow the images, one by
5195 one, all aligned on "uint32_t" boundaries (size rounded up to
5196 a multiple of 4 bytes).
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005197
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005198 "Firmware Images" are binary images containing firmware (like
5199 U-Boot or FPGA images) which usually will be programmed to
5200 flash memory.
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005201
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005202 "Script files" are command sequences that will be executed by
5203 U-Boot's command interpreter; this feature is especially
5204 useful when you configure U-Boot to use a real shell (hush)
5205 as command interpreter.
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00005206
Marek Vasut44f074c2012-03-14 21:52:45 +00005207Booting the Linux zImage:
5208-------------------------
5209
5210On some platforms, it's possible to boot Linux zImage. This is done
5211using the "bootz" command. The syntax of "bootz" command is the same
5212as the syntax of "bootm" command.
5213
Tom Rini8ac28562013-05-16 11:40:11 -04005214Note, defining the CONFIG_SUPPORT_RAW_INITRD allows user to supply
Marek Vasut017e1f32012-03-18 11:47:58 +00005215kernel with raw initrd images. The syntax is slightly different, the
5216address of the initrd must be augmented by it's size, in the following
5217format: "<initrd addres>:<initrd size>".
5218
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005219
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005220Standalone HOWTO:
5221=================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005222
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005223One of the features of U-Boot is that you can dynamically load and
5224run "standalone" applications, which can use some resources of
5225U-Boot like console I/O functions or interrupt services.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005226
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005227Two simple examples are included with the sources:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005228
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005229"Hello World" Demo:
5230-------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005231
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005232'examples/hello_world.c' contains a small "Hello World" Demo
5233application; it is automatically compiled when you build U-Boot.
5234It's configured to run at address 0x00040004, so you can play with it
5235like that:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005236
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005237 => loads
5238 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
5239 ~>examples/hello_world.srec
5240 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
5241 [file transfer complete]
5242 [connected]
5243 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005244
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005245 => go 40004 Hello World! This is a test.
5246 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ...
5247 Hello World
5248 argc = 7
5249 argv[0] = "40004"
5250 argv[1] = "Hello"
5251 argv[2] = "World!"
5252 argv[3] = "This"
5253 argv[4] = "is"
5254 argv[5] = "a"
5255 argv[6] = "test."
5256 argv[7] = "<NULL>"
5257 Hit any key to exit ...
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005258
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005259 ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005260
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005261Another example, which demonstrates how to register a CPM interrupt
5262handler with the U-Boot code, can be found in 'examples/timer.c'.
5263Here, a CPM timer is set up to generate an interrupt every second.
5264The interrupt service routine is trivial, just printing a '.'
5265character, but this is just a demo program. The application can be
5266controlled by the following keys:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005267
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005268 ? - print current values og the CPM Timer registers
5269 b - enable interrupts and start timer
5270 e - stop timer and disable interrupts
5271 q - quit application
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005272
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005273 => loads
5274 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
5275 ~>examples/timer.srec
5276 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
5277 [file transfer complete]
5278 [connected]
5279 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005280
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005281 => go 40004
5282 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ...
5283 TIMERS=0xfff00980
5284 Using timer 1
5285 tgcr @ 0xfff00980, tmr @ 0xfff00990, trr @ 0xfff00994, tcr @ 0xfff00998, tcn @ 0xfff0099c, ter @ 0xfff009b0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005286
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005287Hit 'b':
5288 [q, b, e, ?] Set interval 1000000 us
5289 Enabling timer
5290Hit '?':
5291 [q, b, e, ?] ........
5292 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0xef6, ter=0x0
5293Hit '?':
5294 [q, b, e, ?] .
5295 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x2ad4, ter=0x0
5296Hit '?':
5297 [q, b, e, ?] .
5298 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x1efc, ter=0x0
5299Hit '?':
5300 [q, b, e, ?] .
5301 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x169d, ter=0x0
5302Hit 'e':
5303 [q, b, e, ?] ...Stopping timer
5304Hit 'q':
5305 [q, b, e, ?] ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005306
5307
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005308Minicom warning:
5309================
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00005310
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005311Over time, many people have reported problems when trying to use the
5312"minicom" terminal emulation program for serial download. I (wd)
5313consider minicom to be broken, and recommend not to use it. Under
5314Unix, I recommend to use C-Kermit for general purpose use (and
5315especially for kermit binary protocol download ("loadb" command), and
Karl O. Pince53515a2012-10-01 05:11:56 +00005316use "cu" for S-Record download ("loads" command). See
5317http://www.denx.de/wiki/view/DULG/SystemSetup#Section_4.3.
5318for help with kermit.
5319
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00005320
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005321Nevertheless, if you absolutely want to use it try adding this
5322configuration to your "File transfer protocols" section:
wdenk52f52c12003-06-19 23:04:19 +00005323
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005324 Name Program Name U/D FullScr IO-Red. Multi
5325 X kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -s Y U Y N N
5326 Y kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -r N D Y N N
wdenk52f52c12003-06-19 23:04:19 +00005327
5328
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005329NetBSD Notes:
5330=============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005331
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005332Starting at version 0.9.2, U-Boot supports NetBSD both as host
5333(build U-Boot) and target system (boots NetBSD/mpc8xx).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005334
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005335Building requires a cross environment; it is known to work on
5336NetBSD/i386 with the cross-powerpc-netbsd-1.3 package (you will also
5337need gmake since the Makefiles are not compatible with BSD make).
5338Note that the cross-powerpc package does not install include files;
5339attempting to build U-Boot will fail because <machine/ansi.h> is
5340missing. This file has to be installed and patched manually:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005341
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005342 # cd /usr/pkg/cross/powerpc-netbsd/include
5343 # mkdir powerpc
5344 # ln -s powerpc machine
5345 # cp /usr/src/sys/arch/powerpc/include/ansi.h powerpc/ansi.h
5346 # ${EDIT} powerpc/ansi.h ## must remove __va_list, _BSD_VA_LIST
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005347
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005348Native builds *don't* work due to incompatibilities between native
5349and U-Boot include files.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005350
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005351Booting assumes that (the first part of) the image booted is a
5352stage-2 loader which in turn loads and then invokes the kernel
5353proper. Loader sources will eventually appear in the NetBSD source
5354tree (probably in sys/arc/mpc8xx/stand/u-boot_stage2/); in the
wdenk2a8af182005-04-13 10:02:42 +00005355meantime, see ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/ppcboot_stage2.tar.gz
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005356
5357
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005358Implementation Internals:
5359=========================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005360
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005361The following is not intended to be a complete description of every
5362implementation detail. However, it should help to understand the
5363inner workings of U-Boot and make it easier to port it to custom
5364hardware.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005365
5366
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005367Initial Stack, Global Data:
5368---------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005369
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005370The implementation of U-Boot is complicated by the fact that U-Boot
5371starts running out of ROM (flash memory), usually without access to
5372system RAM (because the memory controller is not initialized yet).
5373This means that we don't have writable Data or BSS segments, and BSS
5374is not initialized as zero. To be able to get a C environment working
5375at all, we have to allocate at least a minimal stack. Implementation
5376options for this are defined and restricted by the CPU used: Some CPU
5377models provide on-chip memory (like the IMMR area on MPC8xx and
5378MPC826x processors), on others (parts of) the data cache can be
5379locked as (mis-) used as memory, etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005380
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005381 Chris Hallinan posted a good summary of these issues to the
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01005382 U-Boot mailing list:
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005383
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005384 Subject: RE: [U-Boot-Users] RE: More On Memory Bank x (nothingness)?
5385 From: "Chris Hallinan" <clh@net1plus.com>
5386 Date: Mon, 10 Feb 2003 16:43:46 -0500 (22:43 MET)
5387 ...
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005388
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005389 Correct me if I'm wrong, folks, but the way I understand it
5390 is this: Using DCACHE as initial RAM for Stack, etc, does not
5391 require any physical RAM backing up the cache. The cleverness
5392 is that the cache is being used as a temporary supply of
5393 necessary storage before the SDRAM controller is setup. It's
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005394 beyond the scope of this list to explain the details, but you
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005395 can see how this works by studying the cache architecture and
5396 operation in the architecture and processor-specific manuals.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005397
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005398 OCM is On Chip Memory, which I believe the 405GP has 4K. It
5399 is another option for the system designer to use as an
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005400 initial stack/RAM area prior to SDRAM being available. Either
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005401 option should work for you. Using CS 4 should be fine if your
5402 board designers haven't used it for something that would
5403 cause you grief during the initial boot! It is frequently not
5404 used.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005405
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02005406 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR should be somewhere that won't interfere
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005407 with your processor/board/system design. The default value
5408 you will find in any recent u-boot distribution in
Stefan Roese8a316c92005-08-01 16:49:12 +02005409 walnut.h should work for you. I'd set it to a value larger
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005410 than your SDRAM module. If you have a 64MB SDRAM module, set
5411 it above 400_0000. Just make sure your board has no resources
5412 that are supposed to respond to that address! That code in
5413 start.S has been around a while and should work as is when
5414 you get the config right.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005415
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005416 -Chris Hallinan
5417 DS4.COM, Inc.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005418
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005419It is essential to remember this, since it has some impact on the C
5420code for the initialization procedures:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005421
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005422* Initialized global data (data segment) is read-only. Do not attempt
5423 to write it.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005424
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005425* Do not use any uninitialized global data (or implicitely initialized
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005426 as zero data - BSS segment) at all - this is undefined, initiali-
5427 zation is performed later (when relocating to RAM).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005428
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005429* Stack space is very limited. Avoid big data buffers or things like
5430 that.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005431
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005432Having only the stack as writable memory limits means we cannot use
5433normal global data to share information beween the code. But it
5434turned out that the implementation of U-Boot can be greatly
5435simplified by making a global data structure (gd_t) available to all
5436functions. We could pass a pointer to this data as argument to _all_
5437functions, but this would bloat the code. Instead we use a feature of
5438the GCC compiler (Global Register Variables) to share the data: we
5439place a pointer (gd) to the global data into a register which we
5440reserve for this purpose.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005441
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005442When choosing a register for such a purpose we are restricted by the
5443relevant (E)ABI specifications for the current architecture, and by
5444GCC's implementation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005445
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005446For PowerPC, the following registers have specific use:
5447 R1: stack pointer
Wolfgang Denke7670f62008-02-14 22:43:22 +01005448 R2: reserved for system use
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005449 R3-R4: parameter passing and return values
5450 R5-R10: parameter passing
5451 R13: small data area pointer
5452 R30: GOT pointer
5453 R31: frame pointer
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005454
Joakim Tjernlunde6bee802010-01-19 14:41:58 +01005455 (U-Boot also uses R12 as internal GOT pointer. r12
5456 is a volatile register so r12 needs to be reset when
5457 going back and forth between asm and C)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005458
Wolfgang Denke7670f62008-02-14 22:43:22 +01005459 ==> U-Boot will use R2 to hold a pointer to the global data
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005460
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005461 Note: on PPC, we could use a static initializer (since the
5462 address of the global data structure is known at compile time),
5463 but it turned out that reserving a register results in somewhat
5464 smaller code - although the code savings are not that big (on
5465 average for all boards 752 bytes for the whole U-Boot image,
5466 624 text + 127 data).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005467
Robin Getzc4db3352009-08-17 15:23:02 +00005468On Blackfin, the normal C ABI (except for P3) is followed as documented here:
Mike Frysinger4c58eb52008-02-04 19:26:54 -05005469 http://docs.blackfin.uclinux.org/doku.php?id=application_binary_interface
5470
Robin Getzc4db3352009-08-17 15:23:02 +00005471 ==> U-Boot will use P3 to hold a pointer to the global data
Mike Frysinger4c58eb52008-02-04 19:26:54 -05005472
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005473On ARM, the following registers are used:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005474
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005475 R0: function argument word/integer result
5476 R1-R3: function argument word
5477 R9: GOT pointer
5478 R10: stack limit (used only if stack checking if enabled)
5479 R11: argument (frame) pointer
5480 R12: temporary workspace
5481 R13: stack pointer
5482 R14: link register
5483 R15: program counter
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005484
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005485 ==> U-Boot will use R8 to hold a pointer to the global data
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005486
Thomas Chou0df01fd2010-05-21 11:08:03 +08005487On Nios II, the ABI is documented here:
5488 http://www.altera.com/literature/hb/nios2/n2cpu_nii51016.pdf
5489
5490 ==> U-Boot will use gp to hold a pointer to the global data
5491
5492 Note: on Nios II, we give "-G0" option to gcc and don't use gp
5493 to access small data sections, so gp is free.
5494
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +00005495On NDS32, the following registers are used:
5496
5497 R0-R1: argument/return
5498 R2-R5: argument
5499 R15: temporary register for assembler
5500 R16: trampoline register
5501 R28: frame pointer (FP)
5502 R29: global pointer (GP)
5503 R30: link register (LP)
5504 R31: stack pointer (SP)
5505 PC: program counter (PC)
5506
5507 ==> U-Boot will use R10 to hold a pointer to the global data
5508
Wolfgang Denkd87080b2006-03-31 18:32:53 +02005509NOTE: DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR must be used with file-global scope,
5510or current versions of GCC may "optimize" the code too much.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005511
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005512Memory Management:
5513------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005514
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005515U-Boot runs in system state and uses physical addresses, i.e. the
5516MMU is not used either for address mapping nor for memory protection.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005517
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005518The available memory is mapped to fixed addresses using the memory
5519controller. In this process, a contiguous block is formed for each
5520memory type (Flash, SDRAM, SRAM), even when it consists of several
5521physical memory banks.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005522
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005523U-Boot is installed in the first 128 kB of the first Flash bank (on
5524TQM8xxL modules this is the range 0x40000000 ... 0x4001FFFF). After
5525booting and sizing and initializing DRAM, the code relocates itself
5526to the upper end of DRAM. Immediately below the U-Boot code some
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02005527memory is reserved for use by malloc() [see CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005528configuration setting]. Below that, a structure with global Board
5529Info data is placed, followed by the stack (growing downward).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005530
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005531Additionally, some exception handler code is copied to the low 8 kB
5532of DRAM (0x00000000 ... 0x00001FFF).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005533
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005534So a typical memory configuration with 16 MB of DRAM could look like
5535this:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005536
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005537 0x0000 0000 Exception Vector code
5538 :
5539 0x0000 1FFF
5540 0x0000 2000 Free for Application Use
5541 :
5542 :
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005543
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005544 :
5545 :
5546 0x00FB FF20 Monitor Stack (Growing downward)
5547 0x00FB FFAC Board Info Data and permanent copy of global data
5548 0x00FC 0000 Malloc Arena
5549 :
5550 0x00FD FFFF
5551 0x00FE 0000 RAM Copy of Monitor Code
5552 ... eventually: LCD or video framebuffer
5553 ... eventually: pRAM (Protected RAM - unchanged by reset)
5554 0x00FF FFFF [End of RAM]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005555
5556
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005557System Initialization:
5558----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005559
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005560In the reset configuration, U-Boot starts at the reset entry point
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005561(on most PowerPC systems at address 0x00000100). Because of the reset
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005562configuration for CS0# this is a mirror of the onboard Flash memory.
5563To be able to re-map memory U-Boot then jumps to its link address.
5564To be able to implement the initialization code in C, a (small!)
5565initial stack is set up in the internal Dual Ported RAM (in case CPUs
5566which provide such a feature like MPC8xx or MPC8260), or in a locked
5567part of the data cache. After that, U-Boot initializes the CPU core,
5568the caches and the SIU.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005569
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005570Next, all (potentially) available memory banks are mapped using a
5571preliminary mapping. For example, we put them on 512 MB boundaries
5572(multiples of 0x20000000: SDRAM on 0x00000000 and 0x20000000, Flash
5573on 0x40000000 and 0x60000000, SRAM on 0x80000000). Then UPM A is
5574programmed for SDRAM access. Using the temporary configuration, a
5575simple memory test is run that determines the size of the SDRAM
5576banks.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005577
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005578When there is more than one SDRAM bank, and the banks are of
5579different size, the largest is mapped first. For equal size, the first
5580bank (CS2#) is mapped first. The first mapping is always for address
55810x00000000, with any additional banks following immediately to create
5582contiguous memory starting from 0.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005583
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005584Then, the monitor installs itself at the upper end of the SDRAM area
5585and allocates memory for use by malloc() and for the global Board
5586Info data; also, the exception vector code is copied to the low RAM
5587pages, and the final stack is set up.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005588
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005589Only after this relocation will you have a "normal" C environment;
5590until that you are restricted in several ways, mostly because you are
5591running from ROM, and because the code will have to be relocated to a
5592new address in RAM.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005593
5594
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005595U-Boot Porting Guide:
5596----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005597
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005598[Based on messages by Jerry Van Baren in the U-Boot-Users mailing
5599list, October 2002]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005600
5601
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005602int main(int argc, char *argv[])
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005603{
5604 sighandler_t no_more_time;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005605
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005606 signal(SIGALRM, no_more_time);
5607 alarm(PROJECT_DEADLINE - toSec (3 * WEEK));
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005608
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005609 if (available_money > available_manpower) {
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005610 Pay consultant to port U-Boot;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005611 return 0;
5612 }
5613
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005614 Download latest U-Boot source;
5615
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01005616 Subscribe to u-boot mailing list;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005617
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005618 if (clueless)
5619 email("Hi, I am new to U-Boot, how do I get started?");
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005620
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005621 while (learning) {
5622 Read the README file in the top level directory;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005623 Read http://www.denx.de/twiki/bin/view/DULG/Manual;
5624 Read applicable doc/*.README;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005625 Read the source, Luke;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005626 /* find . -name "*.[chS]" | xargs grep -i <keyword> */
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005627 }
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005628
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005629 if (available_money > toLocalCurrency ($2500))
5630 Buy a BDI3000;
5631 else
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005632 Add a lot of aggravation and time;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005633
5634 if (a similar board exists) { /* hopefully... */
5635 cp -a board/<similar> board/<myboard>
5636 cp include/configs/<similar>.h include/configs/<myboard>.h
5637 } else {
5638 Create your own board support subdirectory;
5639 Create your own board include/configs/<myboard>.h file;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005640 }
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005641 Edit new board/<myboard> files
5642 Edit new include/configs/<myboard>.h
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005643
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005644 while (!accepted) {
5645 while (!running) {
5646 do {
5647 Add / modify source code;
5648 } until (compiles);
5649 Debug;
5650 if (clueless)
5651 email("Hi, I am having problems...");
5652 }
5653 Send patch file to the U-Boot email list;
5654 if (reasonable critiques)
5655 Incorporate improvements from email list code review;
5656 else
5657 Defend code as written;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005658 }
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005659
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005660 return 0;
5661}
5662
5663void no_more_time (int sig)
5664{
5665 hire_a_guru();
5666}
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005667
5668
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005669Coding Standards:
5670-----------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005671
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005672All contributions to U-Boot should conform to the Linux kernel
Detlev Zundel2c051652006-09-01 15:39:02 +02005673coding style; see the file "Documentation/CodingStyle" and the script
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00005674"scripts/Lindent" in your Linux kernel source directory.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005675
Detlev Zundel2c051652006-09-01 15:39:02 +02005676Source files originating from a different project (for example the
5677MTD subsystem) are generally exempt from these guidelines and are not
5678reformated to ease subsequent migration to newer versions of those
5679sources.
5680
5681Please note that U-Boot is implemented in C (and to some small parts in
5682Assembler); no C++ is used, so please do not use C++ style comments (//)
5683in your code.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005684
5685Please also stick to the following formatting rules:
5686- remove any trailing white space
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00005687- use TAB characters for indentation and vertical alignment, not spaces
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005688- make sure NOT to use DOS '\r\n' line feeds
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00005689- do not add more than 2 consecutive empty lines to source files
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005690- do not add trailing empty lines to source files
5691
5692Submissions which do not conform to the standards may be returned
5693with a request to reformat the changes.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005694
5695
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005696Submitting Patches:
5697-------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005698
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005699Since the number of patches for U-Boot is growing, we need to
5700establish some rules. Submissions which do not conform to these rules
5701may be rejected, even when they contain important and valuable stuff.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005702
Magnus Lilja0d28f342008-08-06 19:32:33 +02005703Please see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot/Patches for details.
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005704
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01005705Patches shall be sent to the u-boot mailing list <u-boot@lists.denx.de>;
5706see http://lists.denx.de/mailman/listinfo/u-boot
5707
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005708When you send a patch, please include the following information with
5709it:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005710
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005711* For bug fixes: a description of the bug and how your patch fixes
5712 this bug. Please try to include a way of demonstrating that the
5713 patch actually fixes something.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005714
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005715* For new features: a description of the feature and your
5716 implementation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005717
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005718* A CHANGELOG entry as plaintext (separate from the patch)
5719
5720* For major contributions, your entry to the CREDITS file
5721
5722* When you add support for a new board, don't forget to add this
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00005723 board to the MAINTAINERS file, too.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005724
5725* If your patch adds new configuration options, don't forget to
5726 document these in the README file.
5727
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005728* The patch itself. If you are using git (which is *strongly*
5729 recommended) you can easily generate the patch using the
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00005730 "git format-patch". If you then use "git send-email" to send it to
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005731 the U-Boot mailing list, you will avoid most of the common problems
5732 with some other mail clients.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005733
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005734 If you cannot use git, use "diff -purN OLD NEW". If your version of
5735 diff does not support these options, then get the latest version of
5736 GNU diff.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005737
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005738 The current directory when running this command shall be the parent
5739 directory of the U-Boot source tree (i. e. please make sure that
5740 your patch includes sufficient directory information for the
5741 affected files).
5742
5743 We prefer patches as plain text. MIME attachments are discouraged,
5744 and compressed attachments must not be used.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005745
5746* If one logical set of modifications affects or creates several
5747 files, all these changes shall be submitted in a SINGLE patch file.
5748
5749* Changesets that contain different, unrelated modifications shall be
5750 submitted as SEPARATE patches, one patch per changeset.
5751
5752
5753Notes:
5754
5755* Before sending the patch, run the MAKEALL script on your patched
5756 source tree and make sure that no errors or warnings are reported
5757 for any of the boards.
5758
5759* Keep your modifications to the necessary minimum: A patch
5760 containing several unrelated changes or arbitrary reformats will be
5761 returned with a request to re-formatting / split it.
5762
5763* If you modify existing code, make sure that your new code does not
5764 add to the memory footprint of the code ;-) Small is beautiful!
5765 When adding new features, these should compile conditionally only
5766 (using #ifdef), and the resulting code with the new feature
5767 disabled must not need more memory than the old code without your
5768 modification.
wdenk90dc6702005-05-03 14:12:25 +00005769
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01005770* Remember that there is a size limit of 100 kB per message on the
5771 u-boot mailing list. Bigger patches will be moderated. If they are
5772 reasonable and not too big, they will be acknowledged. But patches
5773 bigger than the size limit should be avoided.